Provided by: mplayer_1.0~rc4.dfsg1+svn34540-1_amd64 bug

NAME

       mplayer  - movie player
       mencoder - movie encoder

SYNOPSIS

       mplayer [options] [file|URL|playlist|-]
       mplayer [options] file1 [specific options] [file2] [specific options]
       mplayer [options] {group of files and options} [group-specific options]
       mplayer [br]://[title][/device] [options]
       mplayer [dvd|dvdnav]://[title|[start_title]-end_title][/device] [options]
       mplayer vcd://track[/device]
       mplayer tv://[channel][/input_id] [options]
       mplayer radio://[channel|frequency][/capture] [options]
       mplayer pvr:// [options]
       mplayer dvb://[card_number@]channel [options]
       mplayer mf://[filemask|@listfile] [-mf options] [options]
       mplayer [cdda|cddb]://track[-endtrack][:speed][/device] [options]
       mplayer cue://file[:track] [options]
       mplayer [file|mms[t]|http|http_proxy|rt[s]p|ftp|udp|unsv|icyx|noicyx|smb]://
       [user:pass@]URL[:port] [options]
       mplayer sdp://file [options]
       mplayer mpst://host[:port]/URL [options]
       mplayer tivo://host/[list|llist|fsid] [options]
       gmplayer [options] [-skin skin]
       mencoder [options] file [file|URL|-] [-o file | file://file |
       smb://[user:pass@]host/filepath]
       mencoder [options] file1 [specific options] [file2] [specific options]

DESCRIPTION

       mplayer  is  a movie player for Linux (runs on many other platforms and CPU architectures,
       see the documentation).  It plays most MPEG/VOB, AVI, ASF/WMA/WMV,  RM,  QT/MOV/MP4,  Ogg/
       OGM,  MKV,  VIVO, FLI, NuppelVideo, yuv4mpeg, FILM and RoQ files, supported by many native
       and binary codecs.  You can watch VCD, SVCD, DVD, Blu-ray, 3ivx, DivX 3/4/5, WMV and  even
       H.264 movies, too.

       MPlayer  supports  a wide range of video and audio output drivers.  It works with X11, Xv,
       DGA, OpenGL, SVGAlib, fbdev, AAlib, libcaca, DirectFB, Quartz, Mac OS X CoreVideo, but you
       can  also  use GGI, SDL (and all their drivers), VESA (on every VESA-compatible card, even
       without X11), some low-level card-specific drivers (for Matrox, 3dfx  and  ATI)  and  some
       hardware  MPEG  decoder  boards,  such  as the Siemens DVB, Hauppauge PVR (IVTV), DXR2 and
       DXR3/Hollywood+.  Most of them support software or hardware  scaling,  so  you  can  enjoy
       movies in fullscreen mode.

       MPlayer  has an onscreen display (OSD) for status information, nice big antialiased shaded
       subtitles and visual feedback for  keyboard  controls.   European/ISO8859-1,2  (Hungarian,
       English,  Czech,  etc),  Cyrillic  and  Korean  fonts are supported along with 12 subtitle
       formats (MicroDVD, SubRip, OGM, SubViewer, Sami, VPlayer, RT, SSA, AQTitle,  JACOsub,  PJS
       and our own: MPsub) and DVD subtitles (SPU streams, VOBsub and Closed Captions).

       mencoder  (MPlayer's Movie Encoder) is a simple movie encoder, designed to encode MPlayer-
       playable movies (see above) to other MPlayer-playable formats (see below).  It encodes  to
       MPEG-4  (DivX/Xvid),  one  of  the libavcodec codecs and PCM/MP3/VBRMP3 audio in 1, 2 or 3
       passes.  Furthermore it has stream copying abilities,  a  powerful  filter  system  (crop,
       expand, flip, postprocess, rotate, scale, noise, RGB/YUV conversion) and more.

       gmplayer  is MPlayer with a graphical user interface.  Besides some own options (stored in
       gui.conf), it has the same options as MPlayer, however some MPlayer options will be stored
       in  gui.conf so that they can be chosen independently from MPlayer. (See GUI CONFIGURATION
       FILE below.)

       Usage examples to get you started quickly can be found at the end of this man page.

       Also see the HTML documentation!

INTERACTIVE CONTROL

       MPlayer has a fully configurable, command-driven control layer which allows you to control
       MPlayer  using  keyboard,  mouse,  joystick or remote control (with LIRC).  See the -input
       option for ways to customize it.

       keyboard control
              LEFT and RIGHT
                   Seek backward/forward 10 seconds.
              UP and DOWN
                   Seek forward/backward 1 minute.
              PGUP and PGDWN
                   Seek forward/backward 10 minutes.
              [ and ]
                   Decrease/increase current playback speed by 10%.
              { and }
                   Halve/double current playback speed.
              BACKSPACE
                   Reset playback speed to normal.
              < and >
                   Go backward/forward in the playlist.
              ENTER
                   Go forward in the playlist, even over the end.
              HOME and END
                   next/previous playtree entry in the parent list
              INS and DEL (ASX playlist only)
                   next/previous alternative source.
              p / SPACE
                   Pause (pressing again unpauses).
              .
                   Step forward.  Pressing once will pause movie, every  consecutive  press  will
                   play one frame and then go into pause mode again (any other key unpauses).
              q / ESC
                   Stop playing and quit.
              U
                   Stop playing (and quit if -idle is not used).
              + and -
                   Adjust audio delay by +/- 0.1 seconds.
              / and *
                   Decrease/increase volume.
              9 and 0
                   Decrease/increase volume.
              ( and )
                   Adjust audio balance in favor of left/right channel.
              m
                   Mute sound.
              _ (MPEG-TS, AVI and libavformat only)
                   Cycle through the available video tracks.
              # (DVD, Blu-ray, MPEG, Matroska, AVI and libavformat only)
                   Cycle through the available audio tracks.
              TAB (MPEG-TS and libavformat only)
                   Cycle through the available programs.
              f
                   Toggle fullscreen (also see -fs).
              T
                   Toggle stay-on-top (also see -ontop).
              w and e
                   Decrease/increase pan-and-scan range.
              o
                   Toggle OSD states: none / seek / seek + timer / seek + timer + total time.
              d
                   Toggle  frame  dropping  states:  none  /  skip  display  / skip decoding (see
                   -framedrop and -hardframedrop).
              v
                   Toggle subtitle visibility.
              j and J
                   Cycle through the available subtitles.
              y and g
                   Step forward/backward in the subtitle list.
              F
                   Toggle displaying "forced subtitles".
              a
                   Toggle subtitle alignment: top / middle / bottom.
              x and z
                   Adjust subtitle delay by +/- 0.1 seconds.
              c (-capture only)
                   Start/stop capturing the primary stream.
              r and t
                   Move subtitles up/down.
              i (-edlout mode only)
                   Set start or end of an EDL skip and write it out to the given file.
              s (-vf screenshot only)
                   Take a screenshot.
              S (-vf screenshot only)
                   Start/stop taking screenshots.
              I
                   Show filename on the OSD.
              P
                   Show progression bar, elapsed time and total duration on the OSD.
              ! and @
                   Seek to the beginning of the previous/next chapter.
              D (-vo xvmc, -vo vdpau, -vf yadif, -vf kerndeint only)
                   Activate/deactivate deinterlacer.
              A    Cycle through the available DVD angles.

              (The following keys are valid only when using a hardware accelerated  video  output
              (xv,  (x)vidix,  (x)mga,  etc),  the  software equalizer (-vf eq or -vf eq2) or hue
              filter (-vf hue).)

              1 and 2
                   Adjust contrast.
              3 and 4
                   Adjust brightness.
              5 and 6
                   Adjust hue.
              7 and 8
                   Adjust saturation.

              (The following keys are valid only when using the quartz or corevideo video  output
              driver.)

              command + 0
                   Resize movie window to half its original size.
              command + 1
                   Resize movie window to its original size.
              command + 2
                   Resize movie window to double its original size.
              command + f
                   Toggle fullscreen (also see -fs).
              command + [ and command + ]
                   Set movie window alpha.

              (The following keys are valid only when using the sdl video output driver.)

              c
                   Cycle through available fullscreen modes.
              n
                   Restore original mode.

              (The following keys are valid if you have a keyboard with multimedia keys.)

              PAUSE
                   Pause.
              STOP
                   Stop playing and quit.
              PREVIOUS and NEXT
                   Seek backward/forward 1 minute.

              (The following keys are only valid if you compiled with TV or DVB input support and
              will take precedence over the keys defined above.)

              h and k
                   Select previous/next channel.
              n
                   Change norm.
              u
                   Change channel list.

              (The following keys are only valid if you compiled with dvdnav  support:  They  are
              used to navigate the menus.)

              keypad 8
                   Select button up.
              keypad 2
                   Select button down.
              keypad 4
                   Select button left.
              keypad 6
                   Select button right.
              keypad 5
                   Return to main menu.
              keypad 7
                   Return to nearest menu (the order of preference is: chapter->title->root).
              keypad ENTER
                   Confirm choice.

              (The  following  keys  are used for controlling TV teletext. The data may come from
              either an analog TV source or an MPEG transport stream.)

              X
                   Switch teletext on/off.
              Q and W
                   Go to next/prev teletext page.

       mouse control
              button 3 and button 4
                   Seek backward/forward 1 minute.
              button 5 and button 6
                   Decrease/increase volume.

       joystick control
              left and right
                   Seek backward/forward 10 seconds.
              up and down
                   Seek forward/backward 1 minute.
              button 1
                   Pause.
              button 2
                   Toggle OSD states: none / seek / seek + timer / seek + timer + total time.
              button 3 and button 4
                   Decrease/increase volume.

USAGE

       Every 'flag' option has a 'noflag' counterpart, e.g. the opposite of  the  -fs  option  is
       -nofs.

       If an option is marked as (XXX only), it will only work in combination with the XXX option
       or if XXX is compiled in.

       NOTE: The suboption parser (used for example for -ao pcm suboptions)  supports  a  special
       kind of string-escaping intended for use with external GUIs.
       It has the following format:
       %n%string_of_length_n
       EXAMPLES:
       mplayer -ao pcm:file=%10%C:test.wav test.avi
       Or in a script:
       mplayer -ao pcm:file=%`expr length "$NAME"`%"$NAME" test.avi

CONFIGURATION FILES

       You  can  put  all  of  the  options  in configuration files which will be read every time
       MPlayer/MEncoder is run.  The system-wide configuration file  'mplayer.conf'  is  in  your
       configuration  directory  (e.g. /etc/mplayer or /usr/local/etc/mplayer), the user specific
       one is '~/.mplayer/config'.  The configuration file for  MEncoder  is  'mencoder.conf'  in
       your  configuration  directory  (e.g.  /etc/mplayer  or  /usr/local/etc/mplayer), the user
       specific one is '~/.mplayer/mencoder.conf'.  User specific  options  override  system-wide
       options (in case of gmplayer, gui.conf options override user specific options) and options
       given on the command line  override  all.   The  syntax  of  the  configuration  files  is
       'option=<value>',  everything  after  a  '#'  is  considered a comment.  Options that work
       without values can be enabled by setting them to 'yes' or '1' or 'true'  and  disabled  by
       setting them to 'no' or '0' or 'false'.  Even suboptions can be specified in this way.

       You can also write file-specific configuration files.  If you wish to have a configuration
       file for a file called 'movie.avi', create a file named 'movie.avi.conf'  with  the  file-
       specific options in it and put it in ~/.mplayer/.  You can also put the configuration file
       in the same directory as the file to be played, as long as you give the  -use-filedir-conf
       option  (either  on  the  command line or in your global config file).  If a file-specific
       configuration file is found in the  same  directory,  no  file-specific  configuration  is
       loaded  from  ~/.mplayer.   In  addition,  the -use-filedir-conf option enables directory-
       specific configuration files.  For this, MPlayer first tries to load a  mplayer.conf  from
       the  same  directory  as  the  file  played  and  then  tries  to  load  any file-specific
       configuration.

       EXAMPLE MPLAYER CONFIGURATION FILE:

       # Use Matrox driver by default.
       vo=xmga
       # I love practicing handstands while watching videos.
       flip=yes
       # Decode/encode multiple files from PNG,
       # start with mf://filemask
       mf=type=png:fps=25
       # Eerie negative images are cool.
       vf=eq2=1.0:-0.8

       EXAMPLE MENCODER CONFIGURATION FILE:

       # Make MEncoder output to a default filename.
       o=encoded.avi
       # The next 4 lines allow mencoder tv:// to start capturing immediately.
       oac=pcm=yes
       ovc=lavc=yes
       lavcopts=vcodec=mjpeg
       tv=driver=v4l2:input=1:width=768:height=576:device=/dev/video0:audiorate=48000
       # more complex default encoding option set
       lavcopts=vcodec=mpeg4:autoaspect=1
       lameopts=aq=2:vbr=4
       ovc=lavc=1
       oac=lavc=1
       passlogfile=pass1stats.log
       noautoexpand=1
       subfont-autoscale=3
       subfont-osd-scale=6
       subfont-text-scale=4
       subalign=2
       subpos=96
       spuaa=20

       GUI CONFIGURATION FILE

       GUI's own options are (MPlayer option names in parentheses): ao_alsa_device (alsa:device=)
       (ALSA  only),  ao_alsa_mixer  (mixer)  (ALSA  only), ao_alsa_mixer_channel (mixer-channel)
       (ALSA only), ao_esd_device (esd:) (ESD only), ao_extra_stereo (af  extrastereo)  (default:
       1.0),  ao_extra_stereo_coefficient  (af  extrastereo=),  ao_oss_device  (oss:) (OSS only),
       ao_oss_mixer  (mixer)  (OSS  only),  ao_oss_mixer_channel  (mixer-channel)   (OSS   only),
       ao_sdl_subdriver  (sdl:)  (SDL  only),  ao_surround  (unused),  ao_volnorm  (af  volnorm),
       autosync (enable/disable), autosync_size (autosync),  cache  (enable/disable),  cache_size
       (cache),  enable_audio_equ  (af  equalizer), equ_band_00 ... equ_band_59, (af equalizer=),
       equ_channel_1  ...   equ_channel_6   (af   channels=),   gui_main_pos_x,   gui_main_pos_y,
       gui_save_pos    (yes/no),    gui_video_out_pos_x,   gui_video_out_pos_y,   load_fullscreen
       (yes/no), playbar (enable/disable), show_videowin (yes/no), vf_lavc (vf lavc) (DXR3 only),
       vf_pp (vf pp), vo_dxr3_device (unused) (DXR3 only).

       MPlayer options stored in gui.conf (GUI option names, MPlayer option names in parentheses)
       are: a_afm  (afm),  ao_driver  (ao),  ass_bottom_margin  (ass-bottom-margin)  (ASS  only),
       ass_enabled  (ass) (ASS only), ass_top_margin (ass-top-margin) (ASS only), ass_use_margins
       (ass-use-margins)  (ASS  only),  cdrom_device  (cdrom-device),  dvd_device   (dvd-device),
       font_autoscale  (subfont-autoscale)  (FreeType  only),  font_blur (subfont-blur) (FreeType
       only), font_encoding (subfont-encoding) (FreeType only), font_factor (ffactor),  font_name
       (font), font_osd_scale (subfont-osd-scale) (FreeType only), font_outline (subfont-outline)
       (FreeType only), font_text_scale (subfont-text-scale) (FreeType  only),  gui_skin  (skin),
       osd_level    (osdlevel),    softvol   (softvol),   stopxscreensaver   (stop-xscreensaver),
       sub_auto_load (autosub), sub_cp (subcp) (iconv only),  sub_overlap  (overlapsub),  sub_pos
       (subpos), sub_unicode (unicode), v_flip (flip), v_framedrop (framedrop), v_idx (idx), v_ni
       (ni), v_vfm (vfm), vf_autoq (autoq), vo_direct_render (panscan), vo_doublebuffering  (dr),
       vo_driver (vo), vo_panscan (double).

PROFILES

       To ease working with different configurations profiles can be defined in the configuration
       files.  A profile starts with its name between square brackets, e.g. '[my-profile]'.   All
       following options will be part of the profile.  A description (shown by -profile help) can
       be defined with the profile-desc option.  To end the profile, start another one or use the
       profile name 'default' to continue with normal options.

       EXAMPLE MPLAYER PROFILE:

       [protocol.dvd]
       profile-desc="profile for dvd:// streams"
       vf=pp=hb/vb/dr/al/fd
       alang=en

       [protocol.dvdnav]
       profile-desc="profile for dvdnav:// streams"
       profile=protocol.dvd
       mouse-movements=yes
       nocache=yes

       [extension.flv]
       profile-desc="profile for .flv files"
       flip=yes

       [vo.pnm]
       outdir=/tmp

       [ao.alsa]
       device=spdif

       EXAMPLE MENCODER PROFILE:

       [mpeg4]
       profile-desc="MPEG4 encoding"
       ovc=lacv=yes
       lavcopts=vcodec=mpeg4:vbitrate=1200

       [mpeg4-hq]
       profile-desc="HQ MPEG4 encoding"
       profile=mpeg4
       lavcopts=mbd=2:trell=yes:v4mv=yes

GENERAL OPTIONS

       -codecpath <dir>
              Specify a directory for binary codecs.

       -codecs-file <filename> (also see -afm, -ac, -vfm, -vc)
              Override the standard search path and use the specified file instead of the builtin
              codecs.conf.

       -include <configuration file> (also see -gui-include)
              Specify configuration file to be parsed after the default ones.

       -list-options
              Prints all available options.

       -msgcharset <charset>
              Convert console messages to the  specified  character  set  (default:  autodetect).
              Text  will  be  in the encoding specified with the --charset configure option.  Set
              this to "noconv" to disable conversion (for e.g. iconv problems).
              NOTE: The option takes  effect  after  command  line  parsing  has  finished.   The
              MPLAYER_CHARSET  environment  variable  can  help you get rid of the first lines of
              garbled output.

       -msgcolor
              Enable colorful console output on terminals that support ANSI color.

       -msglevel <all=<level>:<module>=<level>:...>
              Control verbosity directly for each module.  The 'all' module changes the verbosity
              of  all  the  modules not explicitly specified on the command line.  See '-msglevel
              help' for a list of all modules.
              NOTE: Some messages are printed before the command line is parsed and are therefore
              not  affected  by  -msglevel.   To  control  these  messages  you  have  to use the
              MPLAYER_VERBOSE environment variable, see its description below for details.
              Available levels:
                 -1   complete silence
                  0   fatal messages only
                  1   error messages
                  2   warning messages
                  3   short hints
                  4   informational messages
                  5   status messages (default)
                  6   verbose messages
                  7   debug level 2
                  8   debug level 3
                  9   debug level 4

       -msgmodule
              Prepend module name in front of each console message.

       -noconfig <options>
              Do not parse selected configuration files.
              NOTE: If -include or -use-filedir-conf options are specified at the  command  line,
              they will be honoured.

              Available options are:
                 all
                      all configuration files
                 gui (GUI only)
                      GUI configuration file
                 system
                      system configuration file
                 user
                      user configuration file

       -quiet
              Make  console output less verbose; in particular, prevents the status line (i.e. A:
              0.7 V:   0.6 A-V:  0.068 ...) from being displayed.  Particularly  useful  on  slow
              terminals or broken ones which do not properly handle carriage return (i.e. \r).

       -priority <prio> (Windows and OS/2 only)
              Set  process  priority for MPlayer according to the predefined priorities available
              under Windows and OS/2.  Possible values of <prio>:
                 idle|belownormal|normal|abovenormal|high|realtime

              WARNING: Using realtime priority can cause system lockup.

       -profile <profile1,profile2,...>
              Use the given profile(s), -profile help displays a list of the defined profiles.

       -really-quiet (also see -quiet)
              Display even less output and status messages than with -quiet.  Also suppresses the
              GUI error message boxes.

       -show-profile <profile>
              Show the description and content of a profile.

       -use-filedir-conf
              Look  for a file-specific configuration file in the same directory as the file that
              is being played.
              WARNING: May be dangerous if playing from untrusted media.

       -v
              Increment verbosity level, one level for each -v found on the command line.

PLAYER OPTIONS (MPLAYER ONLY)

       -autoq <quality> (use with -vf [s]pp)
              Dynamically changes the level of postprocessing depending on  the  available  spare
              CPU  time.  The number you specify will be the maximum level used.  Usually you can
              use some big number.  You have to use -vf [s]pp without  parameters  in  order  for
              this to work.

       -autosync <factor>
              Gradually  adjusts  the  A/V  sync  based  on audio delay measurements.  Specifying
              -autosync 0, the default, will cause frame timing to be  based  entirely  on  audio
              delay  measurements.   Specifying  -autosync  1  will  do the same, but will subtly
              change the A/V correction algorithm.  An uneven video framerate in  a  movie  which
              plays  fine  with  -nosound can often be helped by setting this to an integer value
              greater than 1.  The higher the value, the closer the timing will be  to  -nosound.
              Try -autosync 30 to smooth out problems with sound drivers which do not implement a
              perfect audio delay measurement.  With this value, if large A/V sync offsets occur,
              they  will  only  take  about 1 or 2 seconds to settle out.  This delay in reaction
              time to sudden A/V offsets should be the only side-effect of  turning  this  option
              on, for all sound drivers.

       -benchmark
              Prints some statistics on CPU usage and dropped frames at the end of playback.  Use
              in combination with -nosound and -vo null for benchmarking only the video codec.
              NOTE: With this option MPlayer will also ignore frame duration  when  playing  only
              video (you can think of that as infinite fps).

       -colorkey <number>
              Changes  the  colorkey  to  an  RGB  value  of  your choice.  0x000000 is black and
              0xffffff is white.  Only supported by the  cvidix,  fbdev,  svga,  vesa,  winvidix,
              xmga,  xvidix,  xover,  xv  (see -vo xv:ck), xvmc (see -vo xv:ck) and directx video
              output drivers.

       -nocolorkey
              Disables colorkeying.  Only supported by the cvidix, fbdev, svga,  vesa,  winvidix,
              xmga,  xvidix,  xover,  xv  (see -vo xv:ck), xvmc (see -vo xv:ck) and directx video
              output drivers.

       -correct-pts (EXPERIMENTAL)
              Switches MPlayer to an experimental mode where  timestamps  for  video  frames  are
              calculated  differently and video filters which add new frames or modify timestamps
              of existing ones are supported.  The more accurate timestamps can  be  visible  for
              example  when  playing  subtitles  timed  to  scene  changes  with the -ass option.
              Without -correct-pts the subtitle timing will typically  be  off  by  some  frames.
              This option does not work correctly with some demuxers and codecs.

       -crash-debug (DEBUG CODE)
              Automatically  attaches  gdb upon crash or SIGTRAP.  Support must be compiled in by
              configuring with --enable-crash-debug.

       -doubleclick-time
              Time in milliseconds to recognize two consecutive button presses as a  double-click
              (default:  300).   Set to 0 to let your windowing system decide what a double-click
              is (-vo directx only).
              NOTE: You will get slightly different  behaviour  depending  on  whether  you  bind
              MOUSE_BTN0_DBL or MOUSE_BTN0-MOUSE_BTN0_DBL.

       -edlout <filename>
              Creates  a  new  file  and  writes  edit decision list (EDL) records to it.  During
              playback, the user hits 'i' to mark the  start  or  end  of  a  skip  block.   This
              provides a starting point from which the user can fine-tune EDL entries later.  See
              http://www.mplayerhq.hu/DOCS/HTML/en/edl.html for details.

       -edl-backward-delay <number>
              When using EDL during playback and jumping backwards it is possible to  end  up  in
              the  middle  of an EDL record.  In that case MPlayer will seek further backwards to
              the start position of the EDL record and then immediately skip the scene  specified
              in  the  EDL record.  To avoid this kind of behavior, MPlayer jumps to a fixed time
              interval before the start of the EDL record.  This parameter allows you to  specify
              that time interval in seconds (default: 2 seconds).

       -edl-start-pts
              Adjust  positions  in  EDL  records  according  to playing file's start time.  Some
              formats, especially MPEG TS  usually  start  with  non-zero  PTS  values  and  when
              producing  EDL  file  with -edlout option, EDL records contain absolute values that
              are correct only for this particular file.  If re-encoded into a different  format,
              this  EDL  file  no  longer  applies.  Specifying -edl-start-pts will automatically
              adjust EDL positions according to start time: when  producing  EDL  file,  it  will
              substract start time from every EDL record, when playing with EDL file, it will add
              file's start time to every EDL position.

       -noedl-start-pts
              Disable adjusting EDL positions.

       -enqueue (GUI only)
              Enqueue files given on the command line in the playlist  instead  of  playing  them
              immediately.

       -fixed-vo
              Enforces  a  fixed  video system for multiple files (one (un)initialization for all
              files).  Therefore only one window will be opened for  all  files.   Currently  the
              following drivers are fixed-vo compliant: gl, gl2, mga, svga, x11, xmga, xv, xvidix
              and dfbmga.

       -framedrop (also see -hardframedrop, experimental without -nocorrect-pts)
              Skip displaying some frames to maintain A/V sync on slow  systems.   Video  filters
              are not applied to such frames.  For B-frames even decoding is skipped completely.

       -(no)gui
              Enable  or  disable the GUI interface (default depends on binary name).  Only works
              as the first argument on the command line.  Does not work as a config-file option.

       -gui-include <GUI configuration file> (also see -include) (GUI only)
              Specify a GUI configuration file to be parsed after the default gui.conf.

       -h, -help, --help
              Show short summary of options.

       -hardframedrop (experimental without -nocorrect-pts)
              More intense frame dropping (breaks decoding).  Leads to  image  distortion!   Note
              that  especially  the  libmpeg2 decoder may crash with this, so consider using "-vc
              ffmpeg12,".

       -heartbeat-cmd
              Command that is executed every 30 seconds during playback via system() - i.e. using
              the shell.

              NOTE:  MPlayer uses this command without any checking, it is your responsibility to
              ensure it does not cause security problems (e.g. make sure to use full paths if "."
              is  in your path like on Windows).  It also only works when playing video (i.e. not
              with -novideo but works with -vo null).

              This can be "misused" to disable screensavers that do not support the proper X  API
              (also  see  -stop-xscreensaver).   If  you  think  this is too complicated, ask the
              author of the screensaver program to support the proper X APIs.

              EXAMPLE for xscreensaver: mplayer -heartbeat-cmd "xscreensaver-command -deactivate"
              file

              EXAMPLE  for  GNOME  screensaver: mplayer -heartbeat-cmd "gnome-screensaver-command
              -p" file

       -identify
              Shorthand for -msglevel identify=4.  Show file parameters in  an  easily  parseable
              format.   Also  prints  more  detailed  information  about subtitle and audio track
              languages and IDs.  In some cases you can get more information by  using  -msglevel
              identify=6.   For  example, for a DVD or Blu-ray it will list the chapters and time
              length of each title, as well as a  disk  ID.   Combine  this  with  -frames  0  to
              suppress  all  video  output.  The wrapper script TOOLS/midentify.sh suppresses the
              other MPlayer output and (hopefully) shellescapes the filenames.

       -idle (also see -slave)
              Makes MPlayer wait idly instead of quitting when there is no file to play.   Mostly
              useful in slave mode where MPlayer can be controlled through input commands.
              For  gmplayer  -idle is the default, -noidle will quit the GUI after all files have
              been played.

       -input <commands>
              This option can be used to configure certain parts of the input system.  Paths  are
              relative to ~/.mplayer/.
              NOTE: Autorepeat is currently only supported by joysticks.

              Available commands are:

                 conf=<filename>
                      Specify  input  configuration  file  other  than  the  default  ~/.mplayer/
                      input.conf.  ~/.mplayer/<filename> is assumed if no full path is given.
                 ar-dev=<device>
                      Device to be used for Apple  IR  Remote  (default  is  autodetected,  Linux
                      only).
                 ar-delay
                      Delay in milliseconds before we start to autorepeat a key (0 to disable).
                 ar-rate
                      Number of key presses to generate per second on autorepeat.
                 (no)default-bindings
                      Use the key bindings that MPlayer ships with by default.
                 keylist
                      Prints all keys that can be bound to commands.
                 cmdlist
                      Prints all commands that can be bound to keys.
                 js-dev
                      Specifies the joystick device to use (default: /dev/input/js0).
                 file=<filename>
                      Read commands from the given file.  Mostly useful with a FIFO.
                      NOTE:  When  the given file is a FIFO MPlayer opens both ends so you can do
                      several 'echo "seek 10" > mp_pipe' and the pipe will stay valid.

       -key-fifo-size <2-65000>
              Specify the size of the FIFO that buffers key events (default: 7).  A FIFO of  size
              n  can  buffer (n-1) events.  If it is too small some events may be lost.  If it is
              too big, MPlayer may seem to hang while it processes the buffered events.   To  get
              the  same  behavior  as before this option was introduced, set it to 2 for Linux or
              1024 for Windows.  For small value you  should  disable  double-clicks  by  setting
              -doubleclick-time to 0 so they do not compete with regular events for buffer space.

       -lircconf <filename> (LIRC only)
              Specifies a configuration file for LIRC (default: ~/.lircrc).

       -list-properties
              Print a list of the available properties.

       -loop <number>
              Loops movie playback <number> times.  0 means forever.

       -menu (OSD menu only)
              Turn on OSD menu support.

       -menu-cfg <filename> (OSD menu only)
              Use an alternative menu.conf.

       -menu-chroot <path> (OSD menu only)
              Chroot the file selection menu to a specific location.

              EXAMPLE:
                 -menu-chroot /home
                      Will restrict the file selection menu to /home and downward (i.e. no access
                      to / will be possible, but /home/user_name will).

       -menu-keepdir (OSD menu only)
              File browser starts from the last known location instead of current directory.

       -menu-root <value> (OSD menu only)
              Specify the main menu.

       -menu-startup (OSD menu only)
              Display the main menu at MPlayer startup.

       -mouse-movements
              Permit MPlayer to receive pointer events  reported  by  the  video  output  driver.
              Necessary  to  select  the buttons in DVD menus.  Supported for X11-based VOs (x11,
              xv, xvmc, etc) and the gl, gl2, direct3d and corevideo VOs.

       -noar  Turns off AppleIR remote support.

       -noconsolecontrols
              Prevent MPlayer from reading key events from standard input.  Useful  when  reading
              data  from  standard  input.   This is automatically enabled when - is found on the
              command line.  There are situations where you have to set it manually, e.g. if  you
              open  /dev/stdin  (or  the  equivalent  on your system), use stdin in a playlist or
              intend to read from stdin later on via the loadfile or loadlist slave commands.

       -nojoystick
              Turns off joystick support.

       -nolirc
              Turns off LIRC support.

       -nomouseinput
              Disable mouse button press/release input (mozplayerxp's context menu relies on this
              option).

       -rtc (RTC only)
              Turns  on  usage  of the Linux RTC (realtime clock - /dev/rtc) as timing mechanism.
              This wakes up the process every 1/1024 seconds to check the current time.   Useless
              with  modern  Linux  kernels configured for desktop use as they already wake up the
              process with similar accuracy when using normal timed sleep.

       -playing-msg <string>
              Print out  a  string  before  starting  playback.   The  following  expansions  are
              supported:

                 ${NAME}
                      Expand to the value of the property NAME.

                 ?(NAME:TEXT)
                      Expand TEXT only if the property NAME is available.

                 ?(!NAME:TEXT)
                      Expand TEXT only if the property NAME is not available.

       -playlist <filename>
              Play  files  according  to a playlist file (ASX, Winamp, SMIL, or one-file-per-line
              format).
              NOTE: This option is considered an entry so options found after it will apply  only
              to the elements of this playlist.
              FIXME: This needs to be clarified and documented thoroughly.

       -rtc-device <device>
              Use the specified device for RTC timing.

       -shuffle
              Play files in random order.

       -skin <name> (GUI only)
              Loads  a  skin  from  the  directory  given  as  parameter  below  the default skin
              directories, ~/.mplayer/skins/ and /usr/local/share/mplayer/skins/.

              EXAMPLE:
                 -skin fittyfene
                      Tries ~/.mplayer/skins/fittyfene and  afterwards  /usr/local/share/mplayer/
                      skins/fittyfene.

       -slave (also see -input)
              Switches  on  slave  mode,  in which MPlayer works as a backend for other programs.
              Instead of intercepting keyboard events, MPlayer will read commands separated by  a
              newline (\n) from stdin.
              NOTE:  See  -input cmdlist for a list of slave commands and DOCS/tech/slave.txt for
              their description.  Also, this is not intended to disable other  inputs,  e.g.  via
              the     video     window,     use     some     other     method     like     -input
              nodefault-bindings:conf=/dev/null for that.

       -softsleep
              Time frames by repeatedly checking the current time instead of asking the kernel to
              wake up MPlayer at the correct time.  Useful if your kernel timing is imprecise and
              you cannot use the RTC either.  Comes at the price of higher CPU consumption.

       -sstep <sec>
              Skip <sec> seconds after every frame.  The normal framerate of the movie  is  kept,
              so  playback is accelerated.  Since MPlayer can only seek to the next keyframe this
              may be inexact.

       -udp-ip <ip>
              Sets the destination address for datagrams sent by the -udp-master.  Setting it  to
              a  broadcast  address  allows  multiple slaves having the same broadcast address to
              sync to the master (default: 127.0.0.1).

       -udp-master
              Send a datagram to -udp-ip on  -udp-port  just  before  playing  each  frame.   The
              datagram indicates the master's position in the file.

       -udp-port <port>
              Sets  the  destination  port  for datagrams sent by the -udp-master, and the port a
              -udp-slave listens on (default: 23867).

       -udp-seek-threshold <sec>
              When the master seeks, the slave has to decide whether to seek as well, or to catch
              up  by  decoding frames without pausing between frames.  If the master is more than
              <sec> seconds away from the slave, the slave seeks.  Otherwise, it "runs" to  catch
              up  or  waits  for  the  master.   This should almost always be left at its default
              setting of 1 second.

       -udp-slave
              Listen on -udp-port and match the master's position.

DEMUXER/STREAM OPTIONS

       -a52drc <level>
              Select the Dynamic Range Compression level for AC-3 audio streams.   <level>  is  a
              float  value  ranging from 0 to 1, where 0 means no compression and 1 (which is the
              default) means full compression (make loud passages more silent  and  vice  versa).
              Values  up  to  2 are also accepted, but are purely experimental.  This option only
              shows an effect  if  the  AC-3  stream  contains  the  required  range  compression
              information.

       -aid <ID> (also see -alang)
              Select audio channel (MPEG: 0-31, AVI/OGM: 1-99, ASF/RM: 0-127, VOB(AC-3): 128-159,
              VOB(LPCM): 160-191, MPEG-TS 17-8190).  MPlayer prints the available audio IDs  when
              run  in  verbose  (-v) mode.  When playing an MPEG-TS stream, MPlayer/MEncoder will
              use the first program (if present) with the chosen audio stream.

       -ausid <ID> (also see -alang)
              Select audio substream channel.   Currently  the  valid  range  is  0x55..0x75  and
              applies  only  to  MPEG-TS when handled by the native demuxer (not by libavformat).
              The format type may not be correctly identified because of how this information (or
              lack  thereof)  is  embedded  in  the stream, but it will demux correctly the audio
              streams when  multiple  substreams  are  present.   MPlayer  prints  the  available
              substream IDs when run with -identify.

       -alang <language code[,language code,...]> (also see -aid)
              Specify  a  priority  list  of audio languages to use.  Different container formats
              employ different language codes.  DVDs use ISO 639-1  two  letter  language  codes,
              Matroska,  MPEG-TS and NUT use ISO 639-2 three letter language codes while OGM uses
              a free-form identifier.  MPlayer prints the available languages when run in verbose
              (-v) mode.

              EXAMPLE:
                 mplayer dvd://1 -alang hu,en
                      Chooses  the Hungarian language track on a DVD and falls back on English if
                      Hungarian is not available.
                 mplayer -alang jpn example.mkv
                      Plays a Matroska file in Japanese.

       -audio-demuxer <[+]name> (-audiofile only)
              Force audio demuxer type for -audiofile.  Use a '+' before the name  to  force  it,
              this  will  skip  some  checks!  Give the demuxer name as printed by -audio-demuxer
              help.  For backward compatibility it also accepts the  demuxer  ID  as  defined  in
              libmpdemux/demuxer.h.  -audio-demuxer audio or -audio-demuxer 17 forces MP3.

       -audiofile <filename>
              Play audio from an external file (WAV, MP3 or Ogg Vorbis) while viewing a movie.

       -audiofile-cache <kBytes>
              Enables  caching  for  the stream used by -audiofile, using the specified amount of
              memory.

       -reuse-socket (udp:// only)
              Allows a socket to be reused by other processes as soon as it is closed.

       -bandwidth <Bytes> (network only)
              Specify the maximum bandwidth for network streaming (for servers that are  able  to
              send  content  in  different  bitrates).  Useful if you want to watch live streamed
              media behind a slow connection.  With Real RTSP streaming, it is also used  to  set
              the maximum delivery bandwidth allowing faster cache filling and stream dumping.

       -bluray-angle <angle ID> (Blu-ray only)
              Some  Blu-ray  discs  contain scenes that can be viewed from multiple angles.  Here
              you can tell MPlayer which angles to use (default: 1).

       -bluray-chapter <chapter ID> (Blu-ray only)
              Tells MPlayer which Blu-ray chapter to start the current title from (default: 1).

       -bluray-device <path to disc> (Blu-ray only)
              Specify the Blu-ray disc location. Must be a directory with Blu-ray structure.

       -cache <kBytes>
              This option specifies how much memory (in kBytes) to use when precaching a file  or
              URL.  Especially useful on slow media.

       -nocache
              Turns off caching.

       -cache-min <percentage>
              Playback will start when the cache has been filled up to <percentage> of the total.

       -cache-seek-min <percentage>
              If  a  seek  is to be made to a position within <percentage> of the cache size from
              the current position, MPlayer will wait for the cache to be filled to this position
              rather than performing a stream seek (default: 50).

       -capture (MPlayer only)
              Allows  capturing  the primary stream (not additional audio tracks or other kind of
              streams) into the file specified by -dumpfile or by default.   If  this  option  is
              given,  capturing  can  be  started  and  stopped by pressing the key bound to this
              function (see section INTERACTIVE CONTROL).  Same as  for  -dumpstream,  this  will
              likely  not produce usable results for anything else than MPEG streams.  Note that,
              due to cache latencies, captured data may begin and end somewhat  delayed  compared
              to what you see displayed.

       -cdda <option1:option2> (CDDA only)
              This option can be used to tune the CD Audio reading feature of MPlayer.

              Available options are:

                 speed=<value>
                      Set CD spin speed.

                 paranoia=<0-2>
                      Set paranoia level.  Values other than 0 seem to break playback of anything
                      but the first track.
                         0: disable checking (default)
                         1: overlap checking only
                         2: full data correction and verification

                 generic-dev=<value>
                      Use specified generic SCSI device.

                 sector-size=<value>
                      Set atomic read size.

                 overlap=<value>
                      Force minimum overlap search during verification to <value> sectors.

                 toc-bias
                      Assume that the beginning offset of track 1 as reported in the TOC will  be
                      addressed  as  LBA  0.   Some  Toshiba  drives  need this for getting track
                      boundaries correct.

                 toc-offset=<value>
                      Add <value> sectors to the values reported when addressing tracks.  May  be
                      negative.

                 (no)skip
                      (Never) accept imperfect data reconstruction.

       -cdrom-device <path to device>
              Specify the CD-ROM device (default: /dev/cdrom).

       -channels <number> (also see -af channels)
              Request  the number of playback channels (default: 2).  MPlayer asks the decoder to
              decode the audio into as many channels as specified.  Then it is up to the  decoder
              to  fulfill  the  requirement.   This is usually only important when playing videos
              with AC-3 audio (like DVDs).  In that case liba52 does the decoding by default  and
              correctly  downmixes  the audio into the requested number of channels.  To directly
              control the number of output  channels  independently  of  how  many  channels  are
              decoded, use the channels filter.
              NOTE:  This  option  is honored by codecs (AC-3 only), filters (surround) and audio
              output drivers (OSS at least).

              Available options are:

                 2    stereo
                 4    surround
                 6    full 5.1
                 8    full 7.1

       -chapter <chapter ID>[-<endchapter ID>] (dvd:// and dvdnav:// only)
              Specify which chapter to start playing at.  Optionally specify which chapter to end
              playing at (default: 1).

       -cookies (network only)
              Send cookies when making HTTP requests.

       -cookies-file <filename> (network only)
              Read  HTTP cookies from <filename> (default: ~/.mozilla/ and ~/.netscape/) and skip
              reading from default locations.  The file is assumed to be in Netscape format.

       -delay <sec>
              audio delay in seconds (positive or negative float value)
              Negative values delay the audio, and positive values delay the  video.   Note  that
              this is the exact opposite of the -audio-delay MEncoder option.
              NOTE:  When  used with MEncoder, this is not guaranteed to work correctly with -ovc
              copy; use -audio-delay instead.

       -ignore-start
              Ignore the specified starting time for streams in  AVI  files.   In  MPlayer,  this
              nullifies  stream  delays  in  files  encoded with the -audio-delay option.  During
              encoding, this option prevents MEncoder from  transferring  original  stream  start
              times to the new file; the -audio-delay option is not affected.  Note that MEncoder
              sometimes adjusts stream starting times automatically to compensate for anticipated
              decoding delays, so do not use this option for encoding without testing it first.

       -demuxer <[+]name>
              Force  demuxer  type.   Use  a '+' before the name to force it, this will skip some
              checks!  Give  the  demuxer  name  as  printed  by  -demuxer  help.   For  backward
              compatibility it also accepts the demuxer ID as defined in libmpdemux/demuxer.h.

       -dumpaudio (MPlayer only)
              Dumps  raw compressed audio stream to ./stream.dump (useful with MPEG/AC-3, in most
              other cases the resulting file will not be playable).  If you give more than one of
              -dumpaudio,  -dumpvideo,  -dumpstream  on  the  command line only the last one will
              work.

       -dumpfile <filename> (MPlayer only)
              Specify which file MPlayer should dump to.  Should be used together with -dumpaudio
              / -dumpvideo / -dumpstream / -capture.

       -dumpstream (MPlayer only)
              Dumps  the  raw  stream to ./stream.dump.  Useful when ripping from DVD or network.
              If you give more than one of -dumpaudio, -dumpvideo,  -dumpstream  on  the  command
              line only the last one will work.

       -dumpvideo (MPlayer only)
              Dump  raw  compressed video stream to ./stream.dump (not very usable).  If you give
              more than one of -dumpaudio, -dumpvideo, -dumpstream on the command line  only  the
              last one will work.

       -dvbin <options> (DVB only)
              Pass  the  following  parameters  to the DVB input module, in order to override the
              default ones:

                 card=<1-4>
                      Specifies using card number 1-4 (default: 1).
                 file=<filename>
                      Instructs MPlayer to read the channels list from  <filename>.   Default  is
                      ~/.mplayer/channels.conf.{sat,ter,cbl,atsc}  (based  on  your card type) or
                      ~/.mplayer/channels.conf as a last resort.
                 timeout=<1-240>
                      Maximum number of seconds to wait when trying to tune  a  frequency  before
                      giving up (default: 30).

       -dvd-device <path to device> (DVD only)
              Specify  the DVD device or .iso filename (default: /dev/dvd).  You can also specify
              a directory that contains files previously copied directly from a  DVD  (with  e.g.
              vobcopy).

       -dvd-speed <factor or speed in KB/s> (DVD only)
              Try  to limit DVD speed (default: 0, no change).  DVD base speed is about 1350KB/s,
              so a 8x drive can read at speeds up to 10800KB/s.  Slower  speeds  make  the  drive
              more  quiet,  for  watching DVDs 2700KB/s should be quiet and fast enough.  MPlayer
              resets the speed to the drive default value on close.  Values less  than  100  mean
              multiples of 1350KB/s, i.e. -dvd-speed 8 selects 10800KB/s.
              NOTE: You need write access to the DVD device to change the speed.

       -dvdangle <angle ID> (DVD only)
              Some  DVD  discs  contain scenes that can be viewed from multiple angles.  Here you
              can tell MPlayer which angles to use (default: 1).

       -edl <filename>
              Enables edit decision list (EDL) actions during playback.  Video  will  be  skipped
              over  and  audio  will  be  muted and unmuted according to the entries in the given
              file.  See http://www.mplayerhq.hu/DOCS/HTML/en/edl.html for details on how to  use
              this.

       -endpos <[[hh:]mm:]ss[.ms]|size[b|kb|mb]> (also see -ss and -sb)
              Stop at given time or byte position.
              NOTE:  Byte  position may not be accurate, as it can only stop at a frame boundary.
              When used in conjunction with -ss  option,  -endpos  time  will  shift  forward  by
              seconds specified with -ss if not a byte position.

              EXAMPLE:
                 -endpos 56
                      Stop at 56 seconds.
                 -endpos 01:10:00
                      Stop at 1 hour 10 minutes.
                 -ss 10 -endpos 56
                      Stop at 1 minute 6 seconds.
                 mplayer -endpos 100mb
                      Stop playback after reading 100MB of the input file.
                 mencoder -endpos 100mb
                      Encode only 100 MB.

       -forceidx
              Force  index  rebuilding.   Useful  for  files with broken index (A/V desync, etc).
              This will enable seeking in files where seeking was not possible.  You can fix  the
              index permanently with MEncoder (see the documentation).
              NOTE:  This  option  only  works if the underlying media supports seeking (i.e. not
              with stdin, pipe, etc).

       -fps <float value>
              Override video framerate.  Useful if the original value is wrong or missing.

       -frames <number>
              Play/convert only first <number> frames, then quit.

       -hr-mp3-seek (MP3 only)
              Hi-res MP3 seeking.  Enabled when playing from an external MP3 file, as we need  to
              seek  to  the  very  exact  position to keep A/V sync.  Can be slow especially when
              seeking backwards since it has to rewind to the beginning to find  an  exact  frame
              position.

       -http-header-fields <field1,field2>
              Set custom HTTP fields when accessing HTTP stream.

              EXAMPLE:
                      mplayer     -http-header-fields     'Field1:    value1','Field2:    value2'
                      http://localhost:1234
                      Will generate HTTP request:
                         GET / HTTP/1.0
                         Host: localhost:1234
                         User-Agent: MPlayer
                         Icy-MetaData: 1
                         Field1: value1
                         Field2: value2
                         Connection: close

       -idx (also see -forceidx)
              Rebuilds index of files if no index  was  found,  allowing  seeking.   Useful  with
              broken/incomplete downloads, or badly created files.
              NOTE:  This  option  only  works if the underlying media supports seeking (i.e. not
              with stdin, pipe, etc).

       -noidx Skip rebuilding index file.  MEncoder skips writing the index with this option.

       -ipv4-only-proxy (network only)
              Skip the proxy for IPv6 addresses.  It will still be used for IPv4 connections.

       -loadidx <index file>
              The file from which to read the video index data saved  by  -saveidx.   This  index
              will  be  used  for seeking, overriding any index data contained in the AVI itself.
              MPlayer will not prevent you from loading an index file generated from a  different
              AVI, but this is sure to cause unfavorable results.
              NOTE: This option is obsolete now that MPlayer has OpenDML support.

       -mc <seconds/frame>
              maximum A-V sync correction per frame (in seconds)
              -mc 0 should always be combined with -noskip for mencoder, otherwise it will almost
              certainly cause A-V desync.

       -mf <option1:option2:...>
              Used when decoding from multiple PNG or JPEG files.

              Available options are:

                 w=<value>
                      input file width (default: autodetect)
                 h=<value>
                      input file height (default: autodetect)
                 fps=<value>
                      output fps (default: 25)
                 type=<value>
                      input file type (available: jpeg, png, tga, sgi)

       -ni (AVI only)
              Force usage of non-interleaved AVI parser (fixes playback of some bad AVI files).

       -nobps (AVI only)
              Do not use average byte/second value for A-V sync.  Helps with some AVI files  with
              broken header.

       -noextbased
              Disables  extension-based  demuxer  selection.   By  default,  when  the  file type
              (demuxer) cannot be detected reliably (the file has no header or it is not reliable
              enough),  the  filename extension is used to select the demuxer.  Always falls back
              on content-based demuxer selection.

       -passwd <password> (also see -user) (network only)
              Specify password for HTTP authentication.

       -prefer-ipv4 (network only)
              Use IPv4 on network connections.  Falls back on IPv6 automatically.

       -prefer-ipv6 (IPv6 network only)
              Use IPv6 on network connections.  Falls back on IPv4 automatically.

       -psprobe <byte position>
              When playing an MPEG-PS or MPEG-PES streams, this option lets you specify how  many
              bytes  in  the stream you want MPlayer to scan in order to identify the video codec
              used.  This option is needed to play EVO or VDR files containing H.264 streams.

       -pvr <option1:option2:...> (PVR only)
              This option tunes various encoding properties of the PVR capture module.  It has to
              be  used  with  any  hardware MPEG encoder based card supported by the V4L2 driver.
              The Hauppauge WinTV PVR-150/250/350/500 and all IVTV based cards are known  as  PVR
              capture  cards.  Be aware that only Linux 2.6.18 kernel and above is able to handle
              MPEG stream through V4L2 layer.   For  hardware  capture  of  an  MPEG  stream  and
              watching it with MPlayer/MEncoder, use 'pvr://' as a movie URL.

              Available options are:

                 aspect=<0-3>
                      Specify input aspect ratio:
                         0: 1:1
                         1: 4:3 (default)
                         2: 16:9
                         3: 2.21:1

                 arate=<32000-48000>
                      Specify encoding audio rate (default: 48000 Hz, available: 32000, 44100 and
                      48000 Hz).

                 alayer=<1-3>
                      Specify MPEG audio layer encoding (default: 2).

                 abitrate=<32-448>
                      Specify audio encoding bitrate in kbps (default: 384).

                 amode=<value>
                      Specify  audio  encoding  mode.   Available  preset  values  are  'stereo',
                      'joint_stereo', 'dual' and 'mono' (default: stereo).

                 vbitrate=<value>
                      Specify average video bitrate encoding in Mbps (default: 6).

                 vmode=<value>
                      Specify video encoding mode:
                         vbr: Variable BitRate (default)
                         cbr: Constant BitRate

                 vpeak=<value>
                      Specify  peak video bitrate encoding in Mbps (only useful for VBR encoding,
                      default: 9.6).

                 fmt=<value>
                      Choose an MPEG format for encoding:
                         ps:    MPEG-2 Program Stream (default)
                         ts:    MPEG-2 Transport Stream
                         mpeg1: MPEG-1 System Stream
                         vcd:   Video CD compatible stream
                         svcd:  Super Video CD compatible stream
                         dvd:   DVD compatible stream

       -radio <option1:option2:...> (radio only)
              These options set various parameters of the radio capture module.  For listening to
              radio  with  MPlayer use 'radio://<frequency>' (if channels option is not given) or
              'radio://<channel_number>' (if channels option is given) as a movie URL.   You  can
              see  allowed  frequency  range by running MPlayer with '-v'.  To start the grabbing
              subsystem, use 'radio://<frequency or channel>/capture'.  If the capture keyword is
              not  given  you can listen to radio using the line-in cable only.  Using capture to
              listen is not recommended due to synchronization problems, which makes this process
              uncomfortable.

              Available options are:

                 device=<value>
                      Radio  device  to  use  (default: /dev/radio0 for Linux and /dev/tuner0 for
                      *BSD).

                 driver=<value>
                      Radio  driver  to  use  (default:  v4l2  if  available,   otherwise   v4l).
                      Currently, v4l and v4l2 drivers are supported.

                 volume=<0..100>
                      sound volume for radio device (default 100)

                 freq_min=<value> (*BSD BT848 only)
                      minimum allowed frequency (default: 87.50)

                 freq_max=<value> (*BSD BT848 only)
                      maximum allowed frequency (default: 108.00)

                 channels=<frequency>-<name>,<frequency>-<name>,...
                      Set  channel  list.   Use  _ for spaces in names (or play with quoting ;-).
                      The channel names will then be written using OSD  and  the  slave  commands
                      radio_step_channel  and  radio_set_channel  will  be  usable  for  a remote
                      control (see LIRC).  If given, number in  movie  URL  will  be  treated  as
                      channel position in channel list.
                      EXAMPLE: radio://1, radio://104.4, radio_set_channel 1

                 adevice=<value> (radio capture only)
                      Name  of device to capture sound from.  Without such a name capture will be
                      disabled, even if the capture keyword appears in the URL.  For ALSA devices
                      use  it in the form hw=<card>.<device>.  If the device name contains a '=',
                      the module will use ALSA to capture, otherwise OSS.

                 arate=<value> (radio capture only)
                      Rate in samples per second (default: 44100).
                      NOTE: When using audio capture set also -rawaudio rate=<value> option  with
                      the  same  value as arate.  If you have problems with sound speed (runs too
                      quickly),   try   to   play    with    different    rate    values    (e.g.
                      48000,44100,32000,...).

                 achannels=<value> (radio capture only)
                      Number of audio channels to capture.

       -rawaudio <option1:option2:...>
              This  option  lets  you play raw audio files.  You have to use -demuxer rawaudio as
              well.  It may also be used to play audio CDs which are  not  44kHz  16-bit  stereo.
              For playing raw AC-3 streams use -rawaudio format=0x2000 -demuxer rawaudio.

              Available options are:

                 channels=<value>
                      number of channels
                 rate=<value>
                      rate in samples per second
                 samplesize=<value>
                      sample size in bytes
                 bitrate=<value>
                      bitrate for rawaudio files
                 format=<value>
                      fourcc in hex

       -rawvideo <option1:option2:...>
              This  option  lets  you play raw video files.  You have to use -demuxer rawvideo as
              well.

              Available options are:

                 fps=<value>
                      rate in frames per second (default: 25.0)
                 sqcif|qcif|cif|4cif|pal|ntsc
                      set standard image size
                 w=<value>
                      image width in pixels
                 h=<value>
                      image height in pixels
                 i420|yv12|yuy2|y8
                      set colorspace
                 format=<value>
                      colorspace (fourcc) in hex or string constant.  Use  -rawvideo  format=help
                      for a list of possible strings.
                 size=<value>
                      frame size in Bytes

              EXAMPLE:
                 mplayer foreman.qcif -demuxer rawvideo -rawvideo qcif
                      Play the famous "foreman" sample video.
                 mplayer sample-720x576.yuv -demuxer rawvideo -rawvideo w=720:h=576
                      Play a raw YUV sample.

       -referrer <string> (network only)
              Specify a referrer path or URL for HTTP requests.

       -rtsp-port
              Used  with  'rtsp://'  URLs  to force the client's port number.  This option may be
              useful if you are behind a router and want to forward  the  RTSP  stream  from  the
              server to a specific client.

       -rtsp-destination
              Used  with  'rtsp://'  URLs  to force the destination IP address to be bound.  This
              option may be useful with some RTSP server which do not send  RTP  packets  to  the
              right  interface.   If the connection to the RTSP server fails, use -v to see which
              IP address MPlayer tries to bind to and try to force it to  one  assigned  to  your
              computer instead.

       -rtsp-stream-over-tcp (LIVE555 and NEMESI only)
              Used  with  'rtsp://'  URLs  to  specify  that  the resulting incoming RTP and RTCP
              packets be streamed over TCP (using the same TCP connection as RTSP).  This  option
              may  be useful if you have a broken internet connection that does not pass incoming
              UDP packets (see http://www.live555.com/mplayer/).

       -rtsp-stream-over-http (LIVE555 only)
              Used with 'http://' URLs to specify  that  the  resulting  incoming  RTP  and  RTCP
              packets be streamed over HTTP.

       -saveidx <filename>
              Force index rebuilding and dump the index to <filename>.  Currently this only works
              with AVI files.
              NOTE: This option is obsolete now that MPlayer has OpenDML support.

       -sb <byte position> (also see -ss)
              Seek to byte position.  Useful for playback from CD-ROM images or  VOB  files  with
              junk at the beginning.

       -speed <0.01-100>
              Slow down or speed up playback by the factor given as parameter.  Not guaranteed to
              work correctly with -oac copy.

       -srate <Hz>
              Select the output sample rate to be used (of course  sound  cards  have  limits  on
              this).   If  the  sample  frequency  selected is different from that of the current
              media, the resample or lavcresample audio filter will be inserted  into  the  audio
              filter  layer  to  compensate  for  the  difference.  The type of resampling can be
              controlled by the -af-adv option.  The default is fast resampling  that  may  cause
              distortion.

       -ss <time> (also see -sb)
              Seek to given time position.

              EXAMPLE:
                 -ss 56
                      Seeks to 56 seconds.
                 -ss 01:10:00
                      Seeks to 1 hour 10 min.

       -tskeepbroken
              Tells  MPlayer  not  to  discard  TS  packets  reported  as  broken  in the stream.
              Sometimes needed to play corrupted MPEG-TS files.

       -tsprobe <byte position>
              When playing an MPEG-TS stream, this option lets you specify how many bytes in  the
              stream you want MPlayer to search for the desired audio and video IDs.

       -tsprog <1-65534>
              When  playing an MPEG-TS stream, you can specify with this option which program (if
              present) you want to play.  Can be used with -vid and -aid.

       -tv <option1:option2:...> (TV/PVR only)
              This option tunes various properties of the TV capture  module.   For  watching  TV
              with  MPlayer,  use 'tv://' or 'tv://<channel_number>' or even 'tv://<channel_name>
              (see option channels for channel_name below) as a movie  URL.   You  can  also  use
              'tv:///<input_id>' to start watching a movie from a composite or S-Video input (see
              option input for details).

              Available options are:

                 noaudio
                      no sound

                 automute=<0-255> (v4l and v4l2 only)
                      If signal strength reported by device is less than this  value,  audio  and
                      video  will  be muted.  In most cases automute=100 will be enough.  Default
                      is 0 (automute disabled).

                 driver=<value>
                      See -tv driver=help for a list of compiled-in TV input drivers.  available:
                      dummy, v4l, v4l2, bsdbt848 (default: autodetect)

                 device=<value>
                      Specify  TV  device  (default: /dev/video0).  NOTE: For the bsdbt848 driver
                      you can provide both bktr and tuner device names  separating  them  with  a
                      comma, tuner after bktr (e.g. -tv device=/dev/bktr1,/dev/tuner1).

                 input=<value>
                      Specify input (default: 0 (TV), see console output for available inputs).

                 freq=<value>
                      Specify  the  frequency to set the tuner to (e.g. 511.250).  Not compatible
                      with the channels parameter.

                 outfmt=<value>
                      Specify the output format of the tuner with a preset value supported by the
                      V4L  driver  (yv12,  rgb32,  rgb24,  rgb16,  rgb15, uyvy, yuy2, i420) or an
                      arbitrary format given as hex value.  Try outfmt=help for  a  list  of  all
                      available formats.

                 width=<value>
                      output window width

                 height=<value>
                      output window height

                 fps=<value>
                      framerate at which to capture video (frames per second)

                 buffersize=<value>
                      maximum size of the capture buffer in megabytes (default: dynamical)

                 norm=<value>
                      For  bsdbt848  and  v4l, PAL, SECAM, NTSC are available.  For v4l2, see the
                      console output for a list of all  available  norms,  also  see  the  normid
                      option below.

                 normid=<value> (v4l2 only)
                      Sets  the  TV  norm  to  the  given numeric ID.  The TV norm depends on the
                      capture card.  See the console output for a list of available TV norms.

                 channel=<value>
                      Set tuner to <value> channel.

                 chanlist=<value>
                      available: argentina,  australia,  china-bcast,  europe-east,  europe-west,
                      france,  ireland,  italy,  japan-bcast,  japan-cable,  newzealand,  russia,
                      southafrica, us-bcast, us-cable, us-cable-hrc

                 channels=<chan>-<name>[=<norm>],<chan>-<name>[=<norm>],...
                      Set names for channels.  NOTE: If <chan> is an integer greater  than  1000,
                      it  will  be  treated  as  frequency (in kHz) rather than channel name from
                      frequency table.
                      Use _ for spaces in names (or play with quoting  ;-).   The  channel  names
                      will  then  be  written  using OSD, and the slave commands tv_step_channel,
                      tv_set_channel and tv_last_channel will be usable for a remote control (see
                      LIRC).  Not compatible with the frequency parameter.
                      NOTE:  The channel number will then be the position in the 'channels' list,
                      beginning with 1.
                      EXAMPLE: tv://1, tv://TV1, tv_set_channel 1, tv_set_channel TV1

                 [brightness|contrast|hue|saturation]=<-100-100>
                      Set the image equalizer on the card.

                 audiorate=<value>
                      Set input audio sample rate.

                 forceaudio
                      Capture audio even if there are no audio sources reported by v4l.

                 alsa
                      Capture from ALSA.

                 amode=<0-3>
                      Choose an audio mode:
                         0: mono
                         1: stereo
                         2: language 1
                         3: language 2

                 forcechan=<1-2>
                      By  default,  the  count  of  recorded   audio   channels   is   determined
                      automatically  by  querying  the  audio mode from the TV card.  This option
                      allows forcing stereo/mono recording regardless of the amode option and the
                      values  returned  by v4l.  This can be used for troubleshooting when the TV
                      card is unable to report the current audio mode.

                 adevice=<value>
                      Set an audio device.  <value> should be /dev/xxx for OSS and a hardware  ID
                      for ALSA.  You must replace any ':' by a '.' in the hardware ID for ALSA.

                 audioid=<value>
                      Choose an audio output of the capture card, if it has more than one.

                 [volume|bass|treble|balance]=<0-65535> (v4l1)

                 [volume|bass|treble|balance]=<0-100> (v4l2)
                      These  options set parameters of the mixer on the video capture card.  They
                      will have no effect, if your card does not have one.  For v4l2 50  maps  to
                      the default value of the control, as reported by the driver.

                 gain=<0-100> (v4l2)
                      Set  gain  control for video devices (usually webcams) to the desired value
                      and switch off automatic control.  A value of 0 enables automatic  control.
                      If this option is omitted, gain control will not be modified.

                 immediatemode=<bool>
                      A value of 0 means capture and buffer audio and video together (default for
                      MEncoder).  A value of 1 (default for MPlayer) means to  do  video  capture
                      only  and let the audio go through a loopback cable from the TV card to the
                      sound card.

                 mjpeg
                      Use hardware MJPEG compression (if the card supports it).  When using  this
                      option,  you  do  not  need  to  specify the width and height of the output
                      window, because MPlayer will determine it automatically from the decimation
                      value (see below).

                 decimation=<1|2|4>
                      choose  the  size  of the picture that will be compressed by hardware MJPEG
                      compression:
                         1: full size
                             704x576    PAL
                             704x480    NTSC
                         2: medium size
                             352x288    PAL
                             352x240    NTSC
                         4: small size
                             176x144    PAL
                             176x120    NTSC

                 quality=<0-100>
                      Choose the quality of the JPEG  compression  (<  60  recommended  for  full
                      size).

                 tdevice=<value>
                      Specify TV teletext device (example: /dev/vbi0) (default: none).

                 tformat=<format>
                      Specify TV teletext display format (default: 0):
                         0: opaque
                         1: transparent
                         2: opaque with inverted colors
                         3: transparent with inverted colors

                 tpage=<100-899>
                      Specify initial TV teletext page number (default: 100).

                 tlang=<-1-127>
                      Specify  default teletext language code (default: 0), which will be used as
                      primary language until a type 28  packet  is  received.   Useful  when  the
                      teletext  system uses a non-latin character set, but language codes are not
                      transmitted via teletext type 28 packets for some reason.  To see a list of
                      supported language codes set this option to -1.

                 hidden_video_renderer (dshow only)
                      Terminate  stream  with  video  renderer instead of Null renderer (default:
                      off).  Will help if video freezes but audio does not.  NOTE: May  not  work
                      with -vo directx and -vf crop combination.

                 hidden_vp_renderer (dshow only)
                      Terminate  VideoPort  pin stream with video renderer instead of removing it
                      from the graph (default: off).  Useful if your card has a VideoPort pin and
                      video  is  choppy.   NOTE:  May  not  work  with  -vo  directx and -vf crop
                      combination.

                 system_clock (dshow only)
                      Use the system clock as sync source instead  of  the  default  graph  clock
                      (usually the clock from one of the live sources in graph).

                 normalize_audio_chunks (dshow only)
                      Create  audio  chunks  with  a time length equal to video frame time length
                      (default: off).  Some audio cards create audio chunks about 0.5s  in  size,
                      resulting in choppy video when using immediatemode=0.

       -tvscan <option1:option2:...> (TV and MPlayer only)
              Tune  the  TV  channel  scanner.  MPlayer will also print value for "-tv channels="
              option, including existing and just found channels.

              Available suboptions are:

                 autostart
                      Begin channel scanning immediately after startup (default: disabled).

                 period=<0.1-2.0>
                      Specify delay in seconds before switching to next channel  (default:  0.5).
                      Lower  values  will  cause  faster  scanning,  but  can  detect inactive TV
                      channels as active.

                 threshold=<1-100>
                      Threshold value for the signal strength (in percent), as  reported  by  the
                      device  (default:  50).   A  signal  strength  higher  than this value will
                      indicate that the currently scanning channel is active.

       -user <username> (also see -passwd) (network only)
              Specify username for HTTP authentication.

       -user-agent <string>
              Use <string> as user agent for HTTP streaming.

       -vid <ID>
              Select video channel (MPG: 0-15, ASF: 0-255, MPEG-TS: 17-8190).   When  playing  an
              MPEG-TS  stream,  MPlayer/MEncoder will use the first program (if present) with the
              chosen video stream.

       -vivo <suboption> (DEBUG CODE)
              Force audio parameters for the  VIVO  demuxer  (for  debugging  purposes).   FIXME:
              Document this.

OSD/SUBTITLE OPTIONS

       NOTE: Also see -vf expand.

       -ass (FreeType only)
              Turn  on  SSA/ASS  subtitle  rendering.   With this option, libass will be used for
              SSA/ASS external  subtitles  and  Matroska  tracks.   You  may  also  want  to  use
              -embeddedfonts.
              NOTE:  Unlike  normal  OSD,  libass  uses fontconfig by default. To disable it, use
              -nofontconfig.

       -ass-border-color <value>
              Sets the border (outline) color for text subtitles.  The color format is RRGGBBAA.

       -ass-bottom-margin <value>
              Adds a black band at the bottom of the  frame.   The  SSA/ASS  renderer  can  place
              subtitles there (with -ass-use-margins).

       -ass-color <value>
              Sets the color for text subtitles.  The color format is RRGGBBAA.

       -ass-font-scale <value>
              Set the scale coefficient to be used for fonts in the SSA/ASS renderer.

       -ass-force-style <[Style.]Param=Value[,...]>
              Override some style or script info parameters.

              EXAMPLE:
                 -ass-force-style FontName=Arial,Default.Bold=1
                 -ass-force-style PlayResY=768

       -ass-hinting <type>
              Set hinting type.  <type> can be:
                 0    no hinting
                 1    FreeType autohinter, light mode
                 2    FreeType autohinter, normal mode
                 3    font native hinter
                 0-3 + 4
                      The  same,  but  hinting  will  only be performed if the OSD is rendered at
                      screen resolution and will therefore not be scaled.
                 The default value is 7 (use native  hinter  for  unscaled  OSD  and  no  hinting
                 otherwise).

       -ass-line-spacing <value>
              Set line spacing value for SSA/ASS renderer.

       -ass-styles <filename>
              Load all SSA/ASS styles found in the specified file and use them for rendering text
              subtitles.  The syntax of the file is exactly like the [V4 Styles] /  [V4+  Styles]
              section of SSA/ASS.

       -ass-top-margin <value>
              Adds  a  black  band  at  the  top  of  the  frame.  The SSA/ASS renderer can place
              toptitles there (with -ass-use-margins).

       -ass-use-margins
              Enables placing toptitles and subtitles in black borders when they are available.

       -dumpjacosub (MPlayer only)
              Convert the given subtitle (specified with  the  -sub  option)  to  the  time-based
              JACOsub subtitle format.  Creates a dumpsub.js file in the current directory.

       -dumpmicrodvdsub (MPlayer only)
              Convert  the  given  subtitle  (specified  with  the  -sub  option) to the MicroDVD
              subtitle format.  Creates a dumpsub.sub file in the current directory.

       -dumpmpsub (MPlayer only)
              Convert the given subtitle (specified with the -sub option) to  MPlayer's  subtitle
              format, MPsub.  Creates a dump.mpsub file in the current directory.

       -dumpsami (MPlayer only)
              Convert  the given subtitle (specified with the -sub option) to the time-based SAMI
              subtitle format.  Creates a dumpsub.smi file in the current directory.

       -dumpsrtsub (MPlayer only)
              Convert the given subtitle (specified with  the  -sub  option)  to  the  time-based
              SubViewer  (SRT)  subtitle  format.   Creates  a  dumpsub.srt  file  in the current
              directory.
              NOTE: Some broken hardware players choke on  SRT  subtitle  files  with  Unix  line
              endings.   If  you  are unlucky enough to have such a box, pass your subtitle files
              through unix2dos or a similar program to replace Unix line endings with DOS/Windows
              line endings.

       -dumpsub (MPlayer only) (BETA CODE)
              Dumps  the  subtitle  substream  from  VOB  streams.   Also  see  the -dump*sub and
              -vobsubout* options.

       -embeddedfonts (FreeType only)
              Enables extraction of Matroska embedded fonts (default: disabled).  These fonts can
              be  used  for  SSA/ASS subtitle rendering (-ass option).  Font files are created in
              the ~/.mplayer/fonts directory.
              NOTE: With FontConfig 2.4.2 or newer,  embedded  fonts  are  opened  directly  from
              memory, and this option is enabled by default.

       -ffactor <number>
              Resample the font alphamap.  Can be:
                 0    plain white fonts
                 0.75 very narrow black outline (default)
                 1    narrow black outline
                 10   bold black outline

       -flip-hebrew (FriBiDi only)
              Turns on flipping subtitles using FriBiDi.

       -noflip-hebrew-commas
              Change FriBiDi's assumptions about the placements of commas in subtitles.  Use this
              if commas in subtitles are shown at the start of a sentence instead of at the end.

       -font <path to font.desc file, path to font (FreeType), font pattern (Fontconfig)>
              Search for the OSD/SUB fonts in an alternative directory (default for normal fonts:
              ~/.mplayer/font/font.desc, default for FreeType fonts: ~/.mplayer/subfont.ttf).
              NOTE:  With  FreeType, this option determines the path to the text font file.  With
              Fontconfig, this option determines the Fontconfig font pattern.

              EXAMPLE:
                 -font ~/.mplayer/arial-14/font.desc
                 -font ~/.mplayer/arialuni.ttf
                 -font 'Bitstream Vera Sans'
                 -font 'Bitstream Vera Sans:style=Bold'

       -fontconfig (fontconfig only)
              Enables the usage of fontconfig managed fonts.
              NOTE: By default fontconfig is used for libass-rendered subtitles and not used  for
              OSD.  With -fontconfig it is used for both libass and OSD, with -nofontconfig it is
              not used at all.

       -forcedsubsonly
              Display only forced subtitles for the DVD subtitle stream selected by e.g. -slang.

       -fribidi-charset <charset name> (FriBiDi only)
              Specifies the character set that will be passed to FriBiDi when decoding  non-UTF-8
              subtitles (default: ISO8859-8).

       -ifo <VOBsub IFO file>
              Indicate  the  file  that  will  be  used to load palette and frame size for VOBsub
              subtitles.

       -noautosub
              Turns off automatic subtitle file loading.

       -osd-duration <time>
              Set the duration of the OSD messages in ms (default: 1000).

       -osd-fractions <0-2>
              Set how fractions of seconds of the current timestamp are printed on the OSD:
                 0    Do not display fractions (default).
                 1    Show the first two decimals.
                 2    Show approximated frame count within current second.  This frame  count  is
                      not   accurate   but   only   an  approximation.   For  variable  fps,  the
                      approximation is known to be far off the correct frame count.

       -osdlevel <0-3> (MPlayer only)
              Specifies which mode the OSD should start in.
                 0    subtitles only
                 1    volume + seek (default)
                 2    volume + seek + timer + percentage
                 3    volume + seek + timer + percentage + total time

       -overlapsub
              Allows the next subtitle to be displayed while the current  one  is  still  visible
              (default is to enable the support only for specific formats).

       -sid <ID> (also see -slang, -vobsubid)
              Display the subtitle stream specified by <ID> (0-31).  MPlayer prints the available
              subtitle IDs when run in verbose (-v) mode.   If  you  cannot  select  one  of  the
              subtitles on a DVD, also try -vobsubid.

       -nosub Disables  any  otherwise auto-selected internal subtitles (as e.g. the Matroska/mkv
              demuxer supports).  Use -noautosub to disable  the  loading  of  external  subtitle
              files.

       -slang <language code[,language code,...]> (also see -sid)
              Specify  a priority list of subtitle languages to use.  Different container formats
              employ different language codes.  DVDs use ISO 639-1  two  letter  language  codes,
              Matroska  uses  ISO  639-2  three  letter language codes while OGM uses a free-form
              identifier.  MPlayer prints the available languages when run in verbose (-v) mode.

              EXAMPLE:
                 mplayer dvd://1 -slang hu,en
                      Chooses the Hungarian subtitle track on a DVD and falls back on English  if
                      Hungarian is not available.
                 mplayer -slang jpn example.mkv
                      Plays a Matroska file with Japanese subtitles.

       -spuaa <mode>
              Antialiasing/scaling  mode for DVD/VOBsub.  A value of 16 may be added to <mode> in
              order to force scaling even when original and  scaled  frame  size  already  match.
              This  can be employed to e.g. smooth subtitles with gaussian blur.  Available modes
              are:
                 0    none (fastest, very ugly)
                 1    approximate (broken?)
                 2    full (slow)
                 3    bilinear (default, fast and not too bad)
                 4    uses swscaler gaussian blur (looks very good)

       -spualign <-1-2>
              Specify how SPU (DVD/VOBsub) subtitles should be aligned.
                 -1   original position
                  0   Align at top (original behavior, default).
                  1   Align at center.
                  2   Align at bottom.

       -spugauss <0.0-3.0>
              Variance parameter of gaussian used by -spuaa 4.  Higher means more blur  (default:
              1.0).

       -sub <subtitlefile1,subtitlefile2,...>
              Use/display these subtitle files.  Only one file can be displayed at the same time.

       -sub-bg-alpha <0-255>
              Specify the alpha channel value for subtitles and OSD backgrounds.  Big values mean
              more transparency.  0 means completely transparent.

       -sub-bg-color <0-255>
              Specify the color value for subtitles and OSD backgrounds.  Currently subtitles are
              grayscale  so  this  value  is equivalent to the intensity of the color.  255 means
              white and 0 black.

       -sub-demuxer <[+]name> (-subfile only) (BETA CODE)
              Force subtitle demuxer type for -subfile.  Use a '+' before the name to  force  it,
              this will skip some checks!  Give the demuxer name as printed by -sub-demuxer help.
              For  backward  compatibility  it  also  accepts  the  demuxer  ID  as  defined   in
              subreader.h.

       -sub-fuzziness <mode>
              Adjust matching fuzziness when searching for subtitles:
                 0    exact match (default)
                 1    Load all subs containing movie name.
                 2    Load all subs in the current and -sub-paths directories.

       -sub-no-text-pp
              Disables  any  kind of text post processing done after loading the subtitles.  Used
              for debug purposes.

       -subalign <0-2>
              Specify which edge of the subtitles should  be  aligned  at  the  height  given  by
              -subpos.
                 0    Align subtitle top edge (original behavior).
                 1    Align subtitle center.
                 2    Align subtitle bottom edge (default).

       -subcc <1-4>
              Display  DVD  Closed  Caption (CC) subtitles from the specified channel.  These are
              not the VOB subtitles, these are special ASCII subtitles for the  hearing  impaired
              encoded  in  the  VOB userdata stream on most region 1 DVDs.  CC subtitles have not
              been spotted on DVDs from other regions so far.

       -subcp <codepage> (iconv only)
              If your system supports iconv(3), you can use this option to specify  the  subtitle
              codepage.

              EXAMPLE:
                 -subcp latin2
                 -subcp cp1250

       -subcp enca:<language>:<fallback codepage> (ENCA only)
              You  can specify your language using a two letter language code to make ENCA detect
              the codepage automatically.  If unsure, enter anything and watch mplayer -v  output
              for  available  languages.   Fallback  codepage specifies the codepage to use, when
              autodetection fails.

              EXAMPLE:
                 -subcp enca:cs:latin2
                      Guess the encoding, assuming the subtitles are Czech, fall back on latin 2,
                      if the detection fails.
                 -subcp enca:pl:cp1250
                      Guess the encoding for Polish, fall back on cp1250.

       -sub-paths <path1,path2,...>
              Specify extra subtitle paths to track in the media directory.

              EXAMPLE:   Assuming   that   /path/to/movie/movie.avi   is  played  and  -sub-paths
              sub,subtitles,/tmp/subs is specified, MPlayer searches for subtitle files in  these
              directories:
                 /path/to/movie/
                 /path/to/movie/sub/
                 /path/to/movie/subtitles/
                 /tmp/subs/
                 ~/.mplayer/sub/

       -subdelay <sec>
              Delays subtitles by <sec> seconds.  Can be negative.

       -subfile <filename> (BETA CODE)
              Currently useless.  Same as -audiofile, but for subtitle streams (OggDS?).

       -subfont <path to font (FreeType), font pattern (Fontconfig)> (FreeType only)
              Sets the subtitle font (see -font).  If no -subfont is given, -font is used.

       -subfont-autoscale <0-3> (FreeType only)
              Sets the autoscale mode.
              NOTE: 0 means that text scale and OSD scale are font heights in points.

              The mode can be:

                 0    no autoscale
                 1    proportional to movie height
                 2    proportional to movie width
                 3    proportional to movie diagonal (default)

       -subfont-blur <0-8> (FreeType only)
              Sets the font blur radius (default: 2).

       -subfont-encoding <value> (FreeType only)
              Sets  the  font encoding.  When set to 'unicode', all the glyphs from the font file
              will be rendered and unicode will be used (default: unicode).

       -subfont-osd-scale <0-100> (FreeType only)
              Sets the autoscale coefficient of the OSD elements (default: 6).

       -subfont-outline <0-8> (FreeType only)
              Sets the font outline thickness (default: 2).

       -subfont-text-scale <0-100> (FreeType only)
              Sets the subtitle text autoscale coefficient  as  percentage  of  the  screen  size
              (default: 5).

       -subfps <rate>
              Specify the framerate of the subtitle file (default: movie fps).
              NOTE: <rate> > movie fps speeds the subtitles up for frame-based subtitle files and
              slows them down for time-based ones.

       -subpos <0-100> (useful with -vf expand)
              Specify the position of subtitles  on  the  screen.   The  value  is  the  vertical
              position of the subtitle in % of the screen height.

       -subwidth <10-100>
              Specify  the  maximum  width  of  subtitles on the screen.  Useful for TV-out.  The
              value is the width of the subtitle in % of the screen width.

       -noterm-osd
              Disable the display of OSD  messages  on  the  console  when  no  video  output  is
              available.

       -term-osd-esc <escape sequence>
              Specify  the  escape  sequence to use before writing an OSD message on the console.
              The escape sequence should move the pointer to the beginning of the line  used  for
              the OSD and clear it (default: ^[[A\r^[[K).

       -unicode
              Tells MPlayer to handle the subtitle file as unicode.

       -unrarexec <path to unrar executable> (not supported on MingW)
              Specify  the  path  to  the  unrar  executable so MPlayer can use it to access rar-
              compressed VOBsub files (default: not set, so the feature is off).  The  path  must
              include the executable's filename, i.e. /usr/local/bin/unrar.

       -utf8
              Tells MPlayer to handle the subtitle file as UTF-8.

       -vobsub <VOBsub file without extension>
              Specify  a  VOBsub  file to use for subtitles.  Has to be the full pathname without
              extension, i.e. without the '.idx', '.ifo' or '.sub'.

       -vobsubid <0-31>
              Specify the VOBsub subtitle ID.

AUDIO OUTPUT OPTIONS (MPLAYER ONLY)

       -abs <value> (-ao oss only) (OBSOLETE)
              Override audio driver/card buffer size detection.

       -format <format> (also see the format audio filter)
              Select the sample format used for output from the audio filter layer to  the  sound
              card.   The  values  that <format> can adopt are listed below in the description of
              the format audio filter.

       -mixer <device>
              Use a mixer device different from the default /dev/mixer.  For  ALSA  this  is  the
              mixer name.

       -mixer-channel <mixer line>[,mixer index] (-ao oss and -ao alsa only)
              This  option  will  tell  MPlayer to use a different channel for controlling volume
              than the default PCM.  Options for OSS include vol, pcm, line.  For a complete list
              of options look for SOUND_DEVICE_NAMES in /usr/include/linux/soundcard.h.  For ALSA
              you can use the names e.g. alsamixer displays, like Master, Line, PCM.
              NOTE: ALSA mixer channel names followed by  a  number  must  be  specified  in  the
              <name,number> format, i.e. a channel labeled 'PCM 1' in alsamixer must be converted
              to PCM,1.

       -softvol
              Force the use of the software mixer, instead of using the sound card mixer.

       -softvol-max <10.0-10000.0>
              Set the maximum amplification level in percent (default: 110).  A value of 200 will
              allow  you  to adjust the volume up to a maximum of double the current level.  With
              values below 100 the initial volume (which is 100%)  will  be  above  the  maximum,
              which e.g. the OSD cannot display correctly.

       -volstep <0-100>
              Set  the  step size of mixer volume changes in percent of the whole range (default:
              3).

       -volume <-1-100> (also see -af volume)
              Set the startup volume in the mixer, either hardware  or  software  (if  used  with
              -softvol).  A value of -1 (the default) will not change the volume.

AUDIO OUTPUT DRIVERS (MPLAYER ONLY)

       Audio output drivers are interfaces to different audio output facilities.  The syntax is:

       -ao <driver1[:suboption1[=value]:...],driver2,...[,]>
              Specify a priority list of audio output drivers to be used.

       If  the  list  has  a  trailing ',' MPlayer will fall back on drivers not contained in the
       list.  Suboptions are optional and can mostly be omitted.
       NOTE: See -ao help for a list of compiled-in audio output drivers.

       EXAMPLE:
                 -ao alsa,oss,
                      Try the ALSA driver, then the OSS driver, then others.
                 -ao alsa:noblock:device=hw=0.3
                      Sets noblock-mode and the device-name as first card, fourth device.

       Available audio output drivers are:

       alsa
              ALSA 0.9/1.x audio output driver
                 noblock
                      Sets noblock-mode.
                 device=<device>
                      Sets the device name.  Replace any ',' with '.' and any ':' with '=' in the
                      ALSA  device name.  For hwac3 output via S/PDIF, use an "iec958" or "spdif"
                      device, unless you really know how to set it correctly.

       oss
              OSS audio output driver
                 <dsp-device>
                      Sets the audio output device (default: /dev/dsp).
                 <mixer-device>
                      Sets the audio mixer device (default: /dev/mixer).
                 <mixer-channel>
                      Sets the audio mixer channel (default: pcm).

       sdl (SDL only)
              highly platform independent SDL (Simple Directmedia  Layer)  library  audio  output
              driver
                 <driver>
                      Explicitly choose the SDL audio driver to use (default: let SDL choose).

       arts
              audio output through the aRts daemon

       esd
              audio output through the ESD daemon
                 <server>
                      Explicitly choose the ESD server to use (default: localhost).

       jack
              audio output through JACK (Jack Audio Connection Kit)
                 port=<name>
                      Connects to the ports with the given name (default: physical ports).
                 name=<client
                      Client  name  that is passed to JACK (default: MPlayer [<PID>]).  Useful if
                      you want to have certain connections established automatically.
                 (no)estimate
                      Estimate the audio delay, supposed to  make  the  video  playback  smoother
                      (default: enabled).
                 (no)autostart
                      Automatically start jackd if necessary (default: disabled).  Note that this
                      seems unreliable and will spam stdout with server messages.

       nas
              audio output through NAS

       coreaudio (Mac OS X only)
              native Mac OS X audio output driver
                 device_id=<id>
                      ID of output device to use (0 = default device)
                 help List all available output devices with their IDs.

       openal
              Experimental OpenAL audio output driver

       pulse
              PulseAudio audio output driver
                 [<host>][:<output sink>]
                      Specify the host and optionally output sink to use.  An empty <host> string
                      uses a local connection, "localhost" uses network transfer (most likely not
                      what you want).

       sgi (SGI only)
              native SGI audio output driver
                 <output device name>
                      Explicitly choose the output device/interface to use (default:  system-wide
                      default).  For example, 'Analog Out' or 'Digital Out'.

       sun (Sun only)
              native Sun audio output driver
                 <device>
                      Explicitly choose the audio device to use (default: /dev/audio).

       win32 (Windows only)
              native Windows waveout audio output driver

       dsound (Windows only)
              DirectX DirectSound audio output driver
                 device=<devicenum>
                      Sets  the device number to use.  Playing a file with -v will show a list of
                      available devices.

       kai (OS/2 only)
              OS/2 KAI audio output driver
                 uniaud
                      Force UNIAUD mode.
                 dart Force DART mode.
                 (no)share
                      Open audio in shareable or exclusive mode.
                 bufsize=<size>
                      Set buffer size to <size> in samples (default: 2048).

       dart (OS/2 only)
              OS/2 DART audio output driver
                 (no)share
                      Open DART in shareable or exclusive mode.
                 bufsize=<size>
                      Set buffer size to <size> in samples (default: 2048).

       dxr2 (also see -dxr2) (DXR2 only)
              Creative DXR2 specific output driver

       ivtv (IVTV only)
              IVTV specific MPEG audio output driver.  Works with -ac hwmpa only.

       v4l2 (requires Linux 2.6.22+ kernel)
              Audio output driver for V4L2 cards with hardware MPEG decoder.

       mpegpes (DVB only)
              Audio output driver for DVB cards that writes the output to an MPEG-PES file if  no
              DVB card is installed.
                 card=<1-4>
                      DVB card to use if more than one card is present.  If not specified MPlayer
                      will search the first usable card.
                 file=<filename>
                      output filename

       null
              Produces no audio output but maintains video  playback  speed.   Use  -nosound  for
              benchmarking.

       pcm
              raw PCM/wave file writer audio output
                 (no)waveheader
                      Include  or  do  not include the wave header (default: included).  When not
                      included, raw PCM will be generated.
                 file=<filename>
                      Write the sound to <filename> instead of  the  default  audiodump.wav.   If
                      nowaveheader is specified, the default is audiodump.pcm.
                 fast
                      Try  to  dump  faster  than  realtime.   Make  sure the output does not get
                      truncated (usually with "Too many video packets in buffer" message).  It is
                      normal that you get a "Your system is too SLOW to play this!" message.

       plugin
              plugin audio output driver

VIDEO OUTPUT OPTIONS (MPLAYER ONLY)

       -adapter <value>
              Set the graphics card that will receive the image.  You can get a list of available
              cards when you run this option with -v.  Currently  only  works  with  the  directx
              video output driver.

       -bpp <depth>
              Override  the  autodetected  color  depth.  Only supported by the fbdev, dga, svga,
              vesa video output drivers.

       -border
              Play movie with window border and decorations.  Since this is on  by  default,  use
              -noborder to disable the standard window decorations.

       -brightness <-100-100>
              Adjust the brightness of the video signal (default: 0).  Not supported by all video
              output drivers.

       -contrast <-100-100>
              Adjust the contrast of the video signal (default: 0).  Not supported by  all  video
              output drivers.

       -display <name> (X11 only)
              Specify the hostname and display number of the X server you want to display on.

              EXAMPLE:
                 -display xtest.localdomain:0

       -dr
              Turns on direct rendering (not supported by all codecs and video outputs)
              WARNING: May cause OSD/SUB corruption!

       -dxr2 <option1:option2:...>
              This option is used to control the dxr2 video output driver.

                 ar-mode=<value>
                      aspect ratio mode (0 = normal, 1 = pan-and-scan, 2 = letterbox (default))

                 iec958-encoded
                      Set iec958 output mode to encoded.

                 iec958-decoded
                      Set iec958 output mode to decoded (default).

                 macrovision=<value>
                      macrovision  mode  (0  = off (default), 1 = agc, 2 = agc 2 colorstripe, 3 =
                      agc 4 colorstripe)

                 mute
                      mute sound output

                 unmute
                      unmute sound output

                 ucode=<value>
                      path to the microcode

              TV output

                 75ire
                      enable 7.5 IRE output mode

                 no75ire
                      disable 7.5 IRE output mode (default)

                 bw
                      b/w TV output

                 color
                      color TV output (default)

                 interlaced
                      interlaced TV output (default)

                 nointerlaced
                      disable interlaced TV output

                 norm=<value>
                      TV norm (ntsc (default), pal, pal60, palm, paln, palnc)

                 square-pixel
                      set pixel mode to square

                 ccir601-pixel
                      set pixel mode to ccir601

              overlay

                 cr-left=<0-500>
                      Set the left cropping value (default: 50).

                 cr-right=<0-500>
                      Set the right cropping value (default: 300).

                 cr-top=<0-500>
                      Set the top cropping value (default: 0).

                 cr-bottom=<0-500>
                      Set the bottom cropping value (default: 0).

                 ck-[r|g|b]=<0-255>
                      Set the r(ed), g(reen) or b(lue) gain of the overlay color-key.

                 ck-[r|g|b]min=<0-255>
                      minimum value for the respective color key

                 ck-[r|g|b]max=<0-255>
                      maximum value for the respective color key

                 ignore-cache
                      Ignore cached overlay settings.

                 update-cache
                      Update cached overlay settings.

                 ol-osd
                      Enable overlay onscreen display.

                 nool-osd
                      Disable overlay onscreen display (default).

                 ol[h|w|x|y]-cor=<-20-20>
                      Adjust the overlay size (h,w) and position (x,y) in case it does not  match
                      the window perfectly (default: 0).

                 overlay
                      Activate overlay (default).

                 nooverlay
                      Activate TV-out.

                 overlay-ratio=<1-2500>
                      Tune the overlay (default: 1000).

       -fbmode <modename> (-vo fbdev only)
              Change video mode to the one that is labeled as <modename> in /etc/fb.modes.
              NOTE: VESA framebuffer does not support mode changing.

       -fbmodeconfig <filename> (-vo fbdev only)
              Override framebuffer mode configuration file (default: /etc/fb.modes).

       -fs (also see -zoom)
              Fullscreen  playback  (centers  movie,  and  paints  black  bands  around it).  Not
              supported by all video output drivers.

       -fsmode-dontuse <0-31> (OBSOLETE, use the -fs option)
              Try this option if you still experience fullscreen problems.

       -fstype <type1,type2,...> (X11 only)
              Specify a priority list of fullscreen modes to be used.  You can negate  the  modes
              by  prefixing them with '-'.  If you experience problems like the fullscreen window
              being covered by other windows try using a different order.
              NOTE: See -fstype help for a full list of available modes.

              The available types are:

                 above
                      Use the _NETWM_STATE_ABOVE hint if available.
                 below
                      Use the _NETWM_STATE_BELOW hint if available.
                 fullscreen
                      Use the _NETWM_STATE_FULLSCREEN hint if available.
                 layer
                      Use the _WIN_LAYER hint with the default layer.
                 layer=<0...15>
                      Use the _WIN_LAYER hint with the given layer number.
                 netwm
                      Force NETWM style.
                 none
                      Clear the list of modes; you can add modes to enable afterward.
                 stays_on_top
                      Use _NETWM_STATE_STAYS_ON_TOP hint if available.

              EXAMPLE:
                 layer,stays_on_top,above,fullscreen
                      Default order, will be used as a fallback if incorrect or unsupported modes
                      are specified.
                 -fullscreen
                      Fixes fullscreen switching on OpenBox 1.x.

       -gamma <-100-100>
              Adjust  the  gamma  of  the  video signal (default: 0).  Not supported by all video
              output drivers.

       -geometry x[%][:y[%]] or [WxH][+-x+-y]
              Adjust where the output is on the screen initially.  The x and y specifications are
              in  pixels  measured  from  the top-left of the screen to the top-left of the image
              being displayed, however if a percentage sign is given after the argument it  turns
              the value into a percentage of the screen size in that direction.  It also supports
              the standard X11 -geometry option format, in which e.g.   +10-50  means  "place  10
              pixels  from  the  left  border and 50 pixels from the lower border" and "--20+-10"
              means "place 20 pixels beyond the right and 10 pixels beyond the top  border".   If
              an external window is specified using the -wid option, then the x and y coordinates
              are relative to the top-left corner of the window  rather  than  the  screen.   The
              coordinates  are  relative  to  the screen given with -xineramascreen for the video
              output drivers that fully support -xineramascreen (direct3d, gl, gl2,  vdpau,  x11,
              xv, xvmc, corevideo).
              NOTE:  This  option  is only supported by the x11, xmga, xv, xvmc, xvidix, gl, gl2,
              directx, fbdev, tdfxfb and corevideo video output drivers.

              EXAMPLE:
                 50:40
                      Places the window at x=50, y=40.
                 50%:50%
                      Places the window in the middle of the screen.
                 100%
                      Places the window at the middle of the right edge of the screen.
                 100%:100%
                      Places the window at the bottom right corner of the screen.

       -gui-wid <window ID> (also see -wid) (GUI only)
              This tells the GUI to also use an X11 window and stick itself to the bottom of  the
              video,  which  is  useful to embed a mini-GUI in a browser (with the MPlayer plugin
              for instance).

       -hue <-100-100>
              Adjust the hue of the video signal (default: 0).  You can get a colored negative of
              the image with this option.  Not supported by all video output drivers.

       -monitor-dotclock <range[,range,...]> (-vo fbdev and vesa only)
              Specify the dotclock or pixelclock range of the monitor.

       -monitor-hfreq <range[,range,...]> (-vo fbdev and vesa only)
              Specify the horizontal frequency range of the monitor.

       -monitor-vfreq <range[,range,...]> (-vo fbdev and vesa only)
              Specify the vertical frequency range of the monitor.

       -monitoraspect <ratio> (also see -aspect)
              Set  the  aspect  ratio  of  your  monitor  or  TV screen.  A value of 0 disables a
              previous setting (e.g. in the  config  file).   Overrides  the  -monitorpixelaspect
              setting if enabled.

              EXAMPLE:
                 -monitoraspect 4:3  or 1.3333
                 -monitoraspect 16:9 or 1.7777

       -monitorpixelaspect <ratio> (also see -aspect)
              Set  the  aspect  of  a  single pixel of your monitor or TV screen (default: 1).  A
              value of 1 means square pixels (correct for (almost?) all LCDs).

       -name (X11 only)
              Set the window class name.

       -nodouble
              Disables double buffering, mostly for debugging purposes.  Double  buffering  fixes
              flicker by storing two frames in memory, and displaying one while decoding another.
              It can affect OSD negatively, but often removes OSD flickering.

       -nograbpointer
              Do not grab the mouse  pointer  after  a  video  mode  change  (-vm).   Useful  for
              multihead setups.

       -nokeepaspect
              Do  not  keep  window aspect ratio when resizing windows.  Only works with the x11,
              xv, xmga, xvidix, directx video output drivers.  Furthermore under X11 your  window
              manager has to honor window aspect hints.

       -ontop
              Makes  the  player  window stay on top of other windows.  Supported by video output
              drivers which use X11, except SDL, as well as directx, corevideo, quartz,  ggi  and
              gl2.

       -panscan <0.0-1.0>
              Enables pan-and-scan functionality (cropping the sides of e.g. a 16:9 movie to make
              it fit a 4:3 display without black bands).  The range  controls  how  much  of  the
              image  is  cropped.   Only works with the xv, xmga, mga, gl, gl2, quartz, corevideo
              and xvidix video output drivers.
              NOTE: Values between -1 and 0 are allowed as well, but highly experimental and  may
              crash or worse.  Use at your own risk!

       -panscanrange <-19.0-99.0> (experimental)
              Change  the  range of the pan-and-scan functionality (default: 1).  Positive values
              mean multiples of the default range.  Negative numbers mean you can zoom in up to a
              factor  of -panscanrange+1.  E.g. -panscanrange -3 allows a zoom factor of up to 4.
              This feature is experimental.  Do not report bugs unless you are using -vo gl.

       -refreshrate <Hz>
              Set the monitor refreshrate  in  Hz.   Currently  only  supported  by  -vo  directx
              combined with the -vm option.

       -rootwin
              Play  movie in the root window (desktop background).  Desktop background images may
              cover the movie window, though.  Only works with the x11, xv, xmga, xvidix, quartz,
              corevideo and directx video output drivers.

       -saturation <-100-100>
              Adjust  the  saturation  of  the  video signal (default: 0).  You can get grayscale
              output with this option.  Not supported by all video output drivers.

       -screenh <pixels>
              Specify the screen height for video output drivers which do  not  know  the  screen
              resolution like fbdev, x11 and TV-out.

       -screenw <pixels>
              Specify  the  screen  width  for  video output drivers which do not know the screen
              resolution like fbdev, x11 and TV-out.

       -(no)stop-xscreensaver (X11 only)
              Turns off xscreensaver at startup and turns it on again on exit (default: enabled).
              If  your  screensaver supports neither the XSS nor XResetScreenSaver API please use
              -heartbeat-cmd instead.

       -title (also see -use-filename-title)
              Set the window title.  Supported by X11-based video output drivers.

       -use-filename-title (also see -title)
              Set the window title using the media filename, when not set with -title.  Supported
              by X11-based video output drivers.

       -vm
              Try  to  change  to a different video mode.  Supported by the dga, x11, xv, sdl and
              directx video output drivers.  If used with the directx  video  output  driver  the
              -screenw,  -screenh,  -bpp  and  -refreshrate  options  can  be used to set the new
              display mode.

       -vsync
              Enables VBI for the vesa, dfbmga and svga video output drivers.

       -wid <window ID> (also see -gui-wid) (X11, OpenGL and DirectX only)
              This tells MPlayer to attach to an existing window.  Useful to embed MPlayer  in  a
              browser  (e.g.  the  plugger  extension).   This  option  fills  the  given  window
              completely, thus aspect scaling, panscan, etc are no longer handled by MPlayer  but
              must be managed by the application that created the window.

       -xineramascreen <-2-...>
              In  Xinerama  configurations  (i.e.  a  single  desktop  that spans across multiple
              displays) this option tells MPlayer which screen to display the movie on.  A  value
              of  -2  means  fullscreen  across  the whole virtual display (in this case Xinerama
              information is completely ignored), -1 means fullscreen on the display  the  window
              currently  is on.  The initial position set via the -geometry option is relative to
              the specified screen.   Will  usually  only  work  with  "-fstype  -fullscreen"  or
              "-fstype  none".   This  option  is  not  suitable  to  only set the startup screen
              (because it will always display on the given screen in fullscreen mode),  -geometry
              is  the  best  that is available for that purpose currently.  Supported by at least
              the direct3d, gl, gl2, x11, xv and corevideo video output drivers.

       -zrbw (-vo zr only)
              Display in black and white.  For optimal performance, this  can  be  combined  with
              '-lavdopts gray'.

       -zrcrop <[width]x[height]+[x offset]+[y offset]> (-vo zr only)
              Select  a  part  of the input image to display, multiple occurrences of this option
              switch on cinerama mode.  In cinerama mode the movie is distributed over more  than
              one  TV  (or  beamer)  to  create a larger image.  Options appearing after the n-th
              -zrcrop apply to the n-th MJPEG card, each card should at least have  a  -zrdev  in
              addition  to  the  -zrcrop.   For  examples,  see  the output of -zrhelp and the Zr
              section of the documentation.

       -zrdev <device> (-vo zr only)
              Specify the device special file that belongs to your MJPEG card, by default the  zr
              video output driver takes the first v4l device it can find.

       -zrfd (-vo zr only)
              Force  decimation: Decimation, as specified by -zrhdec and -zrvdec, only happens if
              the hardware scaler can stretch the image to its original size.  Use this option to
              force decimation.

       -zrhdec <1|2|4> (-vo zr only)
              Horizontal  decimation:  Ask the driver to send only every 2nd or 4th line/pixel of
              the input image to the MJPEG card and use the scaler of the MJPEG card  to  stretch
              the image to its original size.

       -zrhelp (-vo zr only)
              Display  a  list  of  all  -zr*  options,  their default values and a cinerama mode
              example.

       -zrnorm <norm> (-vo zr only)
              Specify the TV norm as PAL or NTSC (default: no change).

       -zrquality <1-20> (-vo zr only)
              A number from 1 (best) to 20 (worst) representing the JPEG encoding quality.

       -zrvdec <1|2|4> (-vo zr only)
              Vertical decimation: Ask the driver to send only every 2nd or 4th line/pixel of the
              input  image  to the MJPEG card and use the scaler of the MJPEG card to stretch the
              image to its original size.

       -zrxdoff <x display offset> (-vo zr only)
              If the movie is smaller than the TV screen, this option specifies the x offset from
              the upper-left corner of the TV screen (default: centered).

       -zrydoff <y display offset> (-vo zr only)
              If the movie is smaller than the TV screen, this option specifies the y offset from
              the upper-left corner of the TV screen (default: centered).

VIDEO OUTPUT DRIVERS (MPLAYER ONLY)

       Video output drivers are interfaces to different video output facilities.  The syntax is:

       -vo <driver1[:suboption1[=value]:...],driver2,...[,]>
              Specify a priority list of video output drivers to be used.

       If the list has a trailing ',' MPlayer will fall back on  drivers  not  contained  in  the
       list.  Suboptions are optional and can mostly be omitted.
       NOTE: See -vo help for a list of compiled-in video output drivers.

       EXAMPLE:
                 -vo xmga,xv,
                      Try the Matrox X11 driver, then the Xv driver, then others.
                 -vo directx:noaccel
                      Uses the DirectX driver with acceleration features turned off.

       Available video output drivers are:

       xv (X11 only)
              Uses  the  XVideo extension of XFree86 4.x to enable hardware accelerated playback.
              If you cannot use a hardware specific driver, this is  probably  the  best  option.
              For information about what colorkey is used and how it is drawn run MPlayer with -v
              option and look out for the lines tagged with [xv common] at the beginning.
                 adaptor=<number>
                      Select a specific XVideo adaptor (check xvinfo results).
                 port=<number>
                      Select a specific XVideo port.
                 ck=<cur|use|set>
                      Select the source from which the colorkey is taken (default: cur).
                         cur  The default takes the colorkey currently set in Xv.
                         use  Use but do not set the colorkey from MPlayer (use -colorkey  option
                              to change it).
                         set  Same as use but also sets the supplied colorkey.
                 ck-method=<man|bg|auto>
                      Sets the colorkey drawing method (default: man).
                         man  Draw the colorkey manually (reduces flicker in some cases).
                         bg   Set the colorkey as window background.
                         auto Let Xv draw the colorkey.

       x11 (X11 only)
              Shared memory video output driver without hardware acceleration that works whenever
              X11 is present.

       xover (X11 only)
              Adds X11 support to  all  overlay  based  video  output  drivers.   Currently  only
              supported by tdfx_vid.
                 <vo_driver>
                      Select the driver to use as source to overlay on top of X11.

       vdpau (with -vc ffmpeg12vdpau, ffwmv3vdpau, ffvc1vdpau, ffh264vdpau or ffodivxvdpau)
              Video  output  that  uses  VDPAU  to  decode  video  via  hardware.   Also supports
              displaying of software-decoded video.
                 sharpen=<-1-1>
                      For positive values,  apply  a  sharpening  algorithm  to  the  video,  for
                      negative values a blurring algorithm (default: 0).
                 denoise=<0-1>
                      Apply  a  noise  reduction  algorithm  to  the  video (default: 0, no noise
                      reduction).
                 deint=<0-4>
                      Select  the  deinterlacer  (default:   0).    All   modes   >   0   respect
                      -field-dominance.
                         0    no deinterlacing
                         1    Show only first field, similar to -vf field.
                         2    Bob deinterlacing, similar to -vf tfields=1.
                         3    motion  adaptive temporal deinterlacing May lead to A/V desync with
                              slow video hardware and/or high resolution.  This is the default if
                              "D" is used to enable deinterlacing.
                         4    motion  adaptive  temporal  deinterlacing  with edge-guided spatial
                              interpolation Needs fast video hardware.
                 chroma-deint
                      Makes temporal deinterlacers operate both on  luma  and  chroma  (default).
                      Use  nochroma-deint to solely use luma and speed up advanced deinterlacing.
                      Useful with slow video memory.
                 pullup
                      Try to skip deinterlacing  for  progressive  frames,  useful  for  watching
                      telecined  content,  needs  fast video hardware for high resolutions.  Only
                      works with motion adaptive temporal deinterlacing.
                 colorspace
                      Select the color space for YUV to RGB conversion.  In general BT.601 should
                      be used for standard definition (SD) content and BT.709 for high definition
                      (HD) content.  Using incorrect color space results  in  slightly  under  or
                      over saturated and shifted colors.
                         0    Guess  the color space based on video resolution.  Video with width
                              >= 1280 or height > 576 is assumed to be HD and BT.709 color  space
                              will be used.
                         1    Use ITU-R BT.601 color space (default).
                         2    Use ITU-R BT.709 color space.
                         3    Use SMPTE-240M color space.
                 hqscaling
                         0    Use default VDPAU scaling (default).
                         1-9  Apply high quality VDPAU scaling (needs capable hardware).
                 force-mixer
                      Forces  the  use  of  the  VDPAU  mixer, which implements all above options
                      (default).   Use  noforce-mixer  to  allow  displaying   BGRA   colorspace.
                      (Disables all above options and the hardware equalizer if image format BGRA
                      is actually used.)

       xvmc (X11 with FFmpeg MPEG-1/2 decoder only)
              Video output driver that uses the XvMC (X Video Motion Compensation)  extension  of
              XFree86 4.x to speed up MPEG-1/2 and VCR2 decoding.
                 adaptor=<number>
                      Select a specific XVideo adaptor (check xvinfo results).
                 port=<number>
                      Select a specific XVideo port.
                 (no)benchmark
                      Disables  image display.  Necessary for proper benchmarking of drivers that
                      change image buffers on monitor retrace only (nVidia).  Default is  not  to
                      disable image display (nobenchmark).
                 (no)bobdeint
                      Very simple deinterlacer.  Might not look better than -vf tfields=1, but it
                      is the only deinterlacer for xvmc (default: nobobdeint).
                 (no)queue
                      Queue frames for display to allow more parallel work of the video hardware.
                      May add a small (not noticeable) constant A/V desync (default: noqueue).
                 (no)sleep
                      Use  sleep  function while waiting for rendering to finish (not recommended
                      on Linux) (default: nosleep).
                 ck=cur|use|set
                      Same as -vo xv:ck (see -vo xv).
                 ck-method=man|bg|auto
                      Same as -vo xv:ck-method (see -vo xv).

       dga (X11 only)
              Play video through  the  XFree86  Direct  Graphics  Access  extension.   Considered
              obsolete.

       sdl (SDL only, buggy/outdated)
              Highly  platform  independent  SDL  (Simple Directmedia Layer) library video output
              driver.  Since SDL uses its own X11 layer, MPlayer X11  options  do  not  have  any
              effect  on  SDL.  Note that it has several minor bugs (-vm/-novm is mostly ignored,
              -fs behaves like -novm should, window is in top-left  corner  when  returning  from
              fullscreen, panscan is not supported, ...).
                 driver=<driver>
                      Explicitly choose the SDL driver to use.
                 (no)forcexv
                      Use XVideo through the sdl video output driver (default: forcexv).
                 (no)hwaccel
                      Use hardware accelerated scaler (default: hwaccel).

       vidix
              VIDIX (VIDeo Interface for *niX) is an interface to the video acceleration features
              of different graphics cards.  Very fast video output driver on cards  that  support
              it.
                 <subdevice>
                      Explicitly  choose  the VIDIX subdevice driver to use.  Available subdevice
                      drivers are cyberblade, ivtv, mach64, mga_crtc2,  mga,  nvidia,  pm2,  pm3,
                      radeon, rage128, s3, sh_veu, sis_vid and unichrome.

       xvidix (X11 only)
              X11 frontend for VIDIX
                 <subdevice>
                      same as vidix

       cvidix
              Generic  and  platform  independent  VIDIX frontend, can even run in a text console
              with nVidia cards.
                 <subdevice>
                      same as vidix

       winvidix (Windows only)
              Windows frontend for VIDIX
                 <subdevice>
                      same as vidix

       direct3d (Windows only) (BETA CODE!)
              Video output driver that uses the Direct3D interface (useful for Vista).

       directx (Windows only)
              Video output driver that uses the DirectX interface.
                 noaccel
                      Turns off hardware acceleration.  Try  this  option  if  you  have  display
                      problems.

       kva (OS/2 only)
              Video output driver that uses the libkva interface.
                 snap Force SNAP mode.
                 wo   Force WarpOverlay! mode.
                 dive Force DIVE mode.
                 (no)t23
                      Enable  or  disable  workaround for T23 laptop (default: disabled).  Try to
                      enable this option if your video card supports upscaling only.

       quartz (Mac OS X only)
              Mac OS X Quartz video output driver.  Under some circumstances, it  might  be  more
              efficient to force a packed YUV output format, with e.g. -vf format=yuy2.
                 device_id=<number>
                      Choose the display device to use in fullscreen.
                 fs_res=<width>:<height>
                      Specify the fullscreen resolution (useful on slow systems).

       corevideo (Mac OS X 10.4 or 10.3.9 with QuickTime 7)
              Mac OS X CoreVideo video output driver
                 device_id=<number>
                      Choose  the  display device to use for fullscreen or set it to -1 to always
                      use the same screen the video window is on (default: -1 - auto).
                 shared_buffer
                      Write output to a shared memory buffer instead of displaying it and try  to
                      open an existing NSConnection for communication with a GUI.
                 buffer_name=<name>
                      Name  of the shared buffer created with shm_open as well as the name of the
                      NSConnection MPlayer will try to  open  (default:  "mplayerosx").   Setting
                      buffer_name implicitly enables shared_buffer.

       fbdev (Linux only)
              Uses the kernel framebuffer to play video.
                 <device>
                      Explicitly  choose the fbdev device name to use (e.g. /dev/fb0) or the name
                      of the VIDIX subdevice  if  the  device  name  starts  with  'vidix'  (e.g.
                      'vidixsis_vid' for the sis driver).

       fbdev2 (Linux only)
              Uses the kernel framebuffer to play video, alternative implementation.
                 <device>
                      Explicitly choose the fbdev device name to use (default: /dev/fb0).

       vesa
              Very  general  video  output driver that should work on any VESA VBE 2.0 compatible
              card.
                 (no)dga
                      Turns DGA mode on or off (default: on).
                 neotv_pal
                      Activate the NeoMagic TV out and set it to PAL norm.
                 neotv_ntsc
                      Activate the NeoMagic TV out and set it to NTSC norm.
                 vidix
                      Use the VIDIX driver.
                 lvo:
                      Activate the Linux Video Overlay on top of VESA mode.

       svga
              Play video using the SVGA library.
                 <video mode>
                      Specify  video   mode   to   use.    The   mode   can   be   given   in   a
                      <width>x<height>x<colors>  format,  e.g.  640x480x16M or be a graphics mode
                      number, e.g. 84.
                 bbosd
                      Draw OSD into black bands below the movie (slower).
                 native
                      Use only native drawing functions.  This avoids direct rendering,  OSD  and
                      hardware acceleration.
                 retrace
                      Force  frame switch on vertical retrace.  Usable only with -double.  It has
                      the same effect as the -vsync option.
                 sq
                      Try to select a video mode with square pixels.
                 vidix
                      Use svga with VIDIX.

       gl
              OpenGL video output driver, simple version.  Video size must be  smaller  than  the
              maximum texture size of your OpenGL implementation.  Intended to work even with the
              most basic OpenGL implementations, but also makes use of  newer  extensions,  which
              allow  support  for  more  colorspaces and direct rendering.  For optimal speed try
              adding the options
              -dr -noslices
              The code performs very few checks, so if a feature does not  work,  this  might  be
              because  it  is not supported by your card/OpenGL implementation even if you do not
              get any error message.  Use glxinfo or a similar  tool  to  display  the  supported
              OpenGL extensions.
                 backend=<n>
                      Select the backend/OpenGL implementation to use (default: -1).
                         -1: Autoselect
                         0: Win32/WGL
                         1: X11/GLX
                         2: SDL
                         3: X11/EGL (highly experimental)
                 (no)ati-hack
                      ATI  drivers  may give a corrupted image when PBOs are used (when using -dr
                      or force-pbo).  This option fixes this, at the expense of using a bit  more
                      memory.
                 (no)force-pbo
                      Always  uses PBOs to transfer textures even if this involves an extra copy.
                      Currently this gives a little extra speed with NVidia  drivers  and  a  lot
                      more speed with ATI drivers.  May need -noslices and the ati-hack suboption
                      to work correctly.
                 (no)scaled-osd
                      Changes the way the OSD  behaves  when  the  size  of  the  window  changes
                      (default: disabled).  When enabled behaves more like the other video output
                      drivers, which is better for fixed-size fonts.  Disabled looks much  better
                      with FreeType fonts and uses the borders in fullscreen mode.  Does not work
                      correctly with ass subtitles  (see  -ass),  you  can  instead  render  them
                      without OpenGL support via -vf ass.
                 osdcolor=<0xAARRGGBB>
                      Color for OSD (default: 0x00ffffff, corresponds to non-transparent white).
                 rectangle=<0,1,2>
                      Select  usage  of  rectangular textures which saves video RAM, but often is
                      slower (default: 0).
                         0: Use power-of-two textures (default).
                         1: Use the GL_ARB_texture_rectangle extension.
                         2: Use the GL_ARB_texture_non_power_of_two  extension.   In  some  cases
                         only supported in software and thus very slow.
                 swapinterval=<n>
                      Minimum  interval  between  two  buffer  swaps, counted in displayed frames
                      (default: 1).  1 is equivalent to enabling VSYNC,  0  to  disabling  VSYNC.
                      Values  below  0  will  leave  it  at  the system default.  This limits the
                      framerate to (horizontal refresh rate / n).  Requires  GLX_SGI_swap_control
                      support  to work.  With some (most/all?) implementations this only works in
                      fullscreen mode.
                 ycbcr
                      Use the GL_MESA_ycbcr_texture extension to convert YUV  to  RGB.   In  most
                      cases this is probably slower than doing software conversion to RGB.
                 yuv=<n>
                      Select  the  type  of YUV to RGB conversion.  The default is auto-detection
                      deciding between values 0 and 2.
                         0: Use  software  conversion.   Compatible  with  all  OpenGL  versions.
                         Provides brightness, contrast and saturation control.
                         1:  Use  register  combiners.   This  uses  an nVidia-specific extension
                         (GL_NV_register_combiners).  At least three texture  units  are  needed.
                         Provides saturation and hue control.  This method is fast but inexact.
                         2:  Use a fragment program.  Needs the GL_ARB_fragment_program extension
                         and at  least  three  texture  units.   Provides  brightness,  contrast,
                         saturation and hue control.
                         3:  Use  a  fragment  program  using  the  POW  instruction.   Needs the
                         GL_ARB_fragment_program extension and  at  least  three  texture  units.
                         Provides brightness, contrast, saturation, hue and gamma control.  Gamma
                         can also be set independently for red, green  and  blue.   Method  4  is
                         usually faster.
                         4:   Use   a   fragment  program  with  additional  lookup.   Needs  the
                         GL_ARB_fragment_program extension  and  at  least  four  texture  units.
                         Provides brightness, contrast, saturation, hue and gamma control.  Gamma
                         can also be set independently for red, green and blue.
                         5: Use ATI-specific method (for older cards).  This uses an ATI-specific
                         extension  (GL_ATI_fragment_shader  -  not GL_ARB_fragment_shader!).  At
                         least three texture units  are  needed.   Provides  saturation  and  hue
                         control.  This method is fast but inexact.
                         6:   Use   a  3D  texture  to  do  conversion  via  lookup.   Needs  the
                         GL_ARB_fragment_program extension  and  at  least  four  texture  units.
                         Extremely  slow  (software  emulation) on some (all?) ATI cards since it
                         uses a texture  with  border  pixels.   Provides  brightness,  contrast,
                         saturation,  hue and gamma control.  Gamma can also be set independently
                         for red, green and blue.  Speed depends more  on  GPU  memory  bandwidth
                         than other methods.
                 colorspace
                      Select the color space for YUV to RGB conversion.
                         0    Use the formula used normally by MPlayer (default).
                         1    Use ITU-R BT.601 color space.
                         2    Use ITU-R BT.709 color space.
                         3    Use SMPTE-240M color space.
                 levelconv=<n>
                      Select the brightness level conversion to use for the YUV to RGB conversion
                         0    Convert TV to PC levels (default).
                         1    Convert PC to TV levels.
                         2    Do not do any conversion.
                 lscale=<n>
                      Select  the  scaling function to use for luminance scaling.  Only valid for
                      yuv modes 2, 3, 4 and 6.
                         0    Use simple linear filtering (default).
                         1    Use  bicubic  B-spline  filtering  (better  quality).   Needs   one
                              additional  texture  unit.   Older cards will not be able to handle
                              this for chroma at least in fullscreen mode.
                         2    Use cubic filtering in horizontal,  linear  filtering  in  vertical
                              direction.  Works on a few more cards than method 1.
                         3    Same  as  1  but does not use a lookup texture.  Might be faster on
                              some cards.
                         4    Use experimental unsharp masking with 3x3  support  and  a  default
                              strength of 0.5 (see filter-strength).
                         5    Use  experimental  unsharp  masking  with 5x5 support and a default
                              strength of 0.5 (see filter-strength).
                 cscale=<n>
                      Select the scaling function to use for chrominance  scaling.   For  details
                      see lscale.
                 filter-strength=<value>
                      Set the effect strength for the lscale/cscale filters that support it.
                 noise-strength=<value>
                      Set  how  much noise to add. 0 to disable (default), 1.0 for level suitable
                      for dithering to 6 bit.
                 stereo=<value>
                      Select a method for stereo display.  You may have to use -aspect to fix the
                      aspect  value.   Add  32 to swap left and right side.  Experimental, do not
                      expect too much from it.
                         0    normal 2D display
                         1    Convert side by side input to full-color red-cyan stereo.
                         2    Convert side by side input to full-color green-magenta stereo.
                         3    Convert side by side input to quadbuffered stereo.  Only  supported
                              by very few OpenGL cards.

              The following options are only useful if writing your own fragment programs.

                 customprog=<filename>
                      Load  a custom fragment program from <filename>.  See TOOLS/edgedect.fp for
                      an example.
                 customtex=<filename>
                      Load a custom "gamma ramp" texture from <filename>.  This can  be  used  in
                      combination with yuv=4 or with the customprog option.
                 (no)customtlin
                      If  enabled (default) use GL_LINEAR interpolation, otherwise use GL_NEAREST
                      for customtex texture.
                 (no)customtrect
                      If enabled,  use  texture_rectangle  for  customtex  texture.   Default  is
                      disabled.
                 (no)mipmapgen
                      If enabled, mipmaps for the video are automatically generated.  This should
                      be useful together with the customprog and the TXB instruction to implement
                      blur  filters with a large radius.  For most OpenGL implementations this is
                      very slow for any non-RGB formats.  Default is disabled.

              Normally there is no reason to use the following options,  they  mostly  exist  for
              testing purposes.

                 (no)glfinish
                      Call  glFinish()  before  swapping  buffers.  Slower but in some cases more
                      correct output (default: disabled).
                 (no)manyfmts
                      Enables support for more (RGB and BGR) color  formats  (default:  enabled).
                      Needs OpenGL version >= 1.2.
                 slice-height=<0-...>
                      Number  of  lines copied to texture in one piece (default: 0).  0 for whole
                      image.
                      NOTE: If YUV colorspace is used (see yuv suboption), special rules apply:
                         If the decoder uses slice rendering (see -noslices), this setting has no
                         effect, the size of the slices as provided by the decoder is used.
                         If the decoder does not use slice rendering, the default is 16.
                 (no)osd
                      Enable  or disable support for OSD rendering via OpenGL (default: enabled).
                      This option is for testing; to disable the OSD use -osdlevel 0 instead.
                 (no)aspect
                      Enable  or  disable  aspect  scaling  and  pan-and-scan  support  (default:
                      enabled).  Disabling might increase speed.

       gl2
              Variant of the OpenGL video output driver.  Supports videos larger than the maximum
              texture size but lacks many of the advanced features and optimizations  of  the  gl
              driver and is unlikely to be extended further.
                 (no)glfinish
                      same as gl (default: enabled)
                 yuv=<n>
                      Select  the type of YUV to RGB conversion.  If set to anything except 0 OSD
                      will be disabled  and  brightness,  contrast  and  gamma  setting  is  only
                      available  via  the  global  X server settings.  Apart from this the values
                      have the same meaning as for -vo gl.

       matrixview
              OpenGL-based renderer creating a Matrix-like running-text effect.
                 cols=<n>
                      Number of text columns to display.  Very low values (<  16)  will  probably
                      fail  due  to  scaler  limitations.   Values  not divisible by 16 may cause
                      issues as well.
                 rows=<n>
                      Number of text rows to display.  Very low values (< 16) will probably  fail
                      due  to scaler limitations.  Values not divisible by 16 may cause issues as
                      well.

       null
              Produces no video output.  Useful for benchmarking.

       aa
              ASCII art video output driver that works on a text console.
              NOTE: The driver does not handle -aspect correctly.
              HINT: You probably have  to  specify  -monitorpixelaspect.   Try  'mplayer  -vo  aa
              -monitorpixelaspect 0.5'.

       caca
              Color ASCII art video output driver that works on a text console.

       bl
              Video  playback  using  the  Blinkenlights  UDP  protocol.   This  driver is highly
              hardware specific.
                 <subdevice>
                      Explicitly choose  the  Blinkenlights  subdevice  driver  to  use.   It  is
                      something  like  arcade:host=localhost:2323  or  hdl:file=name1,file=name2.
                      You must specify a subdevice.

       ggi
              GGI graphics system video output driver
                 <driver>
                      Explicitly choose the GGI driver to use.  Replace any ',' that would appear
                      in the driver string by a '.'.

       directfb
              Play video using the DirectFB library.
                 (no)input
                      Use the DirectFB instead of the MPlayer keyboard code (default: enabled).
                 buffermode=single|double|triple
                      Double  and triple buffering give best results if you want to avoid tearing
                      issues.  Triple buffering is more efficient than  double  buffering  as  it
                      does  not  block  MPlayer  while  waiting for the vertical retrace.  Single
                      buffering should be avoided (default: single).
                 fieldparity=top|bottom
                      Control the output order for interlaced frames (default: disabled).   Valid
                      values  are  top  =  top  fields first, bottom = bottom fields first.  This
                      option does not have any effect on progressive film material like most MPEG
                      movies  are.   You need to enable this option if you have tearing issues or
                      unsmooth motions watching interlaced film material.
                 layer=N
                      Will force layer with ID N for playback (default: -1 - auto).
                 dfbopts=<list>
                      Specify a parameter list for DirectFB.

       dfbmga
              Matrox G400/G450/G550 specific video output driver that uses the  DirectFB  library
              to  make use of special hardware features.  Enables CRTC2 (second head), displaying
              video independently of the first head.
                 (no)input
                      same as directfb (default: disabled)
                 buffermode=single|double|triple
                      same as directfb (default: triple)
                 fieldparity=top|bottom
                      same as directfb
                 (no)bes
                      Enable the use of the Matrox  BES  (backend  scaler)  (default:  disabled).
                      Gives very good results concerning speed and output quality as interpolated
                      picture processing is done in hardware.  Works only on the primary head.
                 (no)spic
                      Make use of the Matrox sub picture  layer  to  display  the  OSD  (default:
                      enabled).
                 (no)crtc2
                      Turn  on  TV-out on the second head (default: enabled).  The output quality
                      is amazing as it is a full interlaced picture with  proper  sync  to  every
                      odd/even field.
                 tvnorm=pal|ntsc|auto
                      Will  set  the  TV  norm  of the Matrox card without the need for modifying
                      /etc/directfbrc (default: disabled).  Valid norms are pal  =  PAL,  ntsc  =
                      NTSC.  Special norm is auto (auto-adjust using PAL/NTSC) because it decides
                      which norm to use by looking at the framerate of the movie.

       mga (Linux only)
              Matrox specific video output driver that makes use of the YUV back  end  scaler  on
              Gxxx cards through a kernel module.  If you have a Matrox card, this is the fastest
              option.
                 <device>
                      Explicitly choose the Matrox device name to use (default: /dev/mga_vid).

       xmga (Linux, X11 only)
              The mga video output driver, running in an X11 window.
                 <device>
                      Explicitly choose the Matrox device name to use (default: /dev/mga_vid).

       s3fb (Linux only) (also see -dr)
              S3 Virge specific video  output  driver.   This  driver  supports  the  card's  YUV
              conversion  and  scaling,  double buffering and direct rendering features.  Use -vf
              format=yuy2 to get hardware-accelerated YUY2 rendering, which is much  faster  than
              YV12 on this card.
                 <device>
                      Explicitly choose the fbdev device name to use (default: /dev/fb0).

       wii (Linux only)
              Nintendo Wii/GameCube specific video output driver.

       3dfx (Linux only)
              3dfx-specific  video  output  driver that directly uses the hardware on top of X11.
              Only 16 bpp are supported.

       tdfxfb (Linux only)
              This driver  employs  the  tdfxfb  framebuffer  driver  to  play  movies  with  YUV
              acceleration on 3dfx cards.
                 <device>
                      Explicitly choose the fbdev device name to use (default: /dev/fb0).

       tdfx_vid (Linux only)
              3dfx-specific  video  output  driver  that  works  in combination with the tdfx_vid
              kernel module.
                 <device>
                      Explicitly choose the device name to use (default: /dev/tdfx_vid).

       dxr2 (also see -dxr2) (DXR2 only)
              Creative DXR2 specific video output driver.
                 <vo_driver>
                      Output video subdriver to use as overlay (x11, xv).

       dxr3 (DXR3 only)
              Sigma Designs em8300 MPEG decoder chip  (Creative  DXR3,  Sigma  Designs  Hollywood
              Plus) specific video output driver.  Also see the lavc video filter.
                 overlay
                      Activates the overlay instead of TV-out.
                 prebuf
                      Turns on prebuffering.
                 sync
                      Will turn on the new sync-engine.
                 norm=<norm>
                      Specifies the TV norm.
                         0: Does not change current norm (default).
                         1: Auto-adjust using PAL/NTSC.
                         2: Auto-adjust using PAL/PAL-60.
                         3: PAL
                         4: PAL-60
                         5: NTSC
                 <0-3>
                      Specifies the device number to use if you have more than one em8300 card.

       ivtv (IVTV only)
              Conexant  CX23415  (iCompression  iTVC15) or Conexant CX23416 (iCompression iTVC16)
              MPEG decoder chip  (Hauppauge  WinTV  PVR-150/250/350/500)  specific  video  output
              driver for TV-out.  Also see the lavc video filter.
                 <device>
                      Explicitly   choose   the   MPEG  decoder  device  name  to  use  (default:
                      /dev/video16).
                 <output>
                      Explicitly choose the TV-out output to be used for the video signal.

       v4l2 (requires Linux 2.6.22+ kernel)
              Video output driver for V4L2 compliant cards with built-in hardware  MPEG  decoder.
              Also see the lavc video filter.
                 <device>
                      Explicitly   choose   the   MPEG  decoder  device  name  to  use  (default:
                      /dev/video16).
                 <output>
                      Explicitly choose the TV-out output to be used for the video signal.

       mpegpes (DVB only)
              Video output driver for DVB cards that writes the output to an MPEG-PES file if  no
              DVB card is installed.
                 card=<1-4>
                      Specifies  the  device  number  to use if you have more than one DVB output
                      card (V3 API only, such as 1.x.y series drivers).  If not specified MPlayer
                      will search the first usable card.
                 <filename>
                      output filename (default: ./grab.mpg)

       zr (also see -zr* and -zrhelp)
              Video output driver for a number of MJPEG capture/playback cards.

       zr2 (also see the zrmjpeg video filter)
              Video   output  driver  for  a  number  of  MJPEG  capture/playback  cards,  second
              generation.
                 dev=<device>
                      Specifies the video device to use.
                 norm=<PAL|NTSC|SECAM|auto>
                      Specifies the video norm to use (default: auto).
                 (no)prebuf
                      (De)Activate prebuffering, not yet supported.

       md5sum
              Calculate MD5 sums of each frame and write them to a file.  Supports RGB24 and YV12
              colorspaces.  Useful for debugging.
                 outfile=<value>
                      Specify the output filename (default: ./md5sums).

       yuv4mpeg
              Transforms  the  video  stream into a sequence of uncompressed YUV 4:2:0 images and
              stores it in a file (default: ./stream.yuv).  The format is the  same  as  the  one
              employed by mjpegtools, so this is useful if you want to process the video with the
              mjpegtools suite.  It supports  the  YV12  format.   If  your  source  file  has  a
              different  format  and  is interlaced, make sure to use -vf scale=::1 to ensure the
              conversion uses interlaced mode.  You can combine it with the -fixed-vo  option  to
              concatenate files with the same dimensions and fps value.
                 interlaced
                      Write the output as interlaced frames, top field first.
                 interlaced_bf
                      Write the output as interlaced frames, bottom field first.
                 file=<filename>
                      Write the output to <filename> instead of the default stream.yuv.

              NOTE:  If  you  do  not  specify  any  option  the  output is progressive (i.e. not
              interlaced).

       gif89a
              Output each frame into a single animated GIF file in  the  current  directory.   It
              supports only RGB format with 24 bpp and the output is converted to 256 colors.
                 <fps>
                      Float value to specify framerate (default: 5.0).
                 <output>
                      Specify the output filename (default: ./out.gif).

              NOTE:  You  must specify the framerate before the filename or the framerate will be
              part of the filename.

              EXAMPLE:
                 mplayer video.nut -vo gif89a:fps=15:output=test.gif

       jpeg
              Output each frame into a JPEG file in the current directory.  Each file  takes  the
              frame number padded with leading zeros as name.
                 [no]progressive
                      Specify standard or progressive JPEG (default: noprogressive).
                 [no]baseline
                      Specify use of baseline or not (default: baseline).
                 optimize=<0-100>
                      optimization factor (default: 100)
                 smooth=<0-100>
                      smooth factor (default: 0)
                 quality=<0-100>
                      quality factor (default: 75)
                 outdir=<dirname>
                      Specify the directory to save the JPEG files to (default: ./).
                 subdirs=<prefix>
                      Create  numbered subdirectories with the specified prefix to save the files
                      in instead of the current directory.
                 maxfiles=<value> (subdirs only)
                      Maximum number of files to be saved per subdirectory.  Must be equal to  or
                      larger than 1 (default: 1000).

       pnm
              Output  each  frame  into a PNM file in the current directory.  Each file takes the
              frame number padded with leading zeros as name.  It supports PPM,  PGM  and  PGMYUV
              files in both raw and ASCII mode.  Also see pnm(5), ppm(5) and pgm(5).
                 ppm
                      Write PPM files (default).
                 pgm
                      Write PGM files.
                 pgmyuv
                      Write  PGMYUV  files.  PGMYUV is like PGM, but it also contains the U and V
                      plane, appended at the bottom of the picture.
                 raw
                      Write PNM files in raw mode (default).
                 ascii
                      Write PNM files in ASCII mode.
                 outdir=<dirname>
                      Specify the directory to save the PNM files to (default: ./).
                 subdirs=<prefix>
                      Create numbered subdirectories with the specified prefix to save the  files
                      in instead of the current directory.
                 maxfiles=<value> (subdirs only)
                      Maximum  number of files to be saved per subdirectory.  Must be equal to or
                      larger than 1 (default: 1000).

       png
              Output each frame into a PNG file in the current directory.  Each  file  takes  the
              frame  number  padded  with  leading  zeros as name.  24bpp RGB and BGR formats are
              supported.
                 z=<0-9>
                      Specifies the compression  level.   0  is  no  compression,  9  is  maximum
                      compression.
                 outdir=<dirname>
                      Specify the directory to save the PNG files to (default: ./).
                 prefix=<prefix>
                      Specify the prefix to be used for the PNG filenames (default: no prefix).
                 alpha
                      Create  PNG files with an alpha channel.  Note that MPlayer in general does
                      not support alpha, so this will only be useful in some rare cases.

       mng
              Output video into an animated MNG file  using  24  bpp  RGB  images  with  lossless
              compression.
                 output=<filename>
                      Specify the output filename (default: out.mng).

              EXAMPLE:
                 mplayer video.mkv -vo mng:output=test.mng

       tga
              Output  each frame into a Targa file in the current directory.  Each file takes the
              frame number padded with leading zeros as name.  The purpose of this  video  output
              driver  is  to  have  a  simple  lossless  image writer to use without any external
              library.  It supports the BGR[A] color format, with 15, 24 and  32  bpp.   You  can
              force a particular format with the format video filter.

              EXAMPLE:
                 mplayer video.nut -vf format=bgr15 -vo tga

DECODING/FILTERING OPTIONS

       -ac <[-|+]codec1,[-|+]codec2,...[,]>
              Specify  a  priority list of audio codecs to be used, according to their codec name
              in codecs.conf.  Use a '-' before the codec name to omit it.  Use a '+' before  the
              codec  name  to  force  it, this will likely crash!  If the list has a trailing ','
              MPlayer will fall back on codecs not contained in the list.
              NOTE: See -ac help for a full list of available codecs.

              EXAMPLE:
                 -ac mp3acm
                      Force the l3codeca.acm MP3 codec.
                 -ac mad,
                      Try libmad first, then fall back on others.
                 -ac hwac3,a52,
                      Try hardware AC-3 passthrough, software AC-3, then others.
                 -ac hwdts,
                      Try hardware DTS passthrough, then fall back on others.
                 -ac -ffmp3,
                      Skip FFmpeg's MP3 decoder.

       -af-adv <force=(0-7):list=(filters)> (also see -af)
              Specify advanced audio filter options:

                 force=<0-7>
                      Forces the insertion of audio filters to one of the following:
                         0: Use completely automatic filter insertion (currently identical to 1).
                         1: Optimize for accuracy (default).
                         2: Optimize for speed.  Warning: Some features in the audio filters  may
                         silently fail, and the sound quality may drop.
                         3:  Use no automatic insertion of filters and no optimization.  Warning:
                         It may be possible to crash MPlayer using this setting.
                         4: Use automatic insertion of filters according  to  0  above,  but  use
                         floating point processing when possible.
                         5:  Use  automatic  insertion  of  filters according to 1 above, but use
                         floating point processing when possible.
                         6: Use automatic insertion of filters according  to  2  above,  but  use
                         floating point processing when possible.
                         7:  Use  no automatic insertion of filters according to 3 above, and use
                         floating point processing when possible.

                 list=<filters>
                      Same as -af.

       -afm <driver1,driver2,...>
              Specify a priority list of audio codec families to  be  used,  according  to  their
              codec  name  in codecs.conf.  Falls back on the default codecs if none of the given
              codec families work.
              NOTE: See -afm help for a full list of available codec families.

              EXAMPLE:
                 -afm ffmpeg
                      Try FFmpeg's libavcodec codecs first.
                 -afm acm,dshow
                      Try Win32 codecs first.

       -aspect <ratio> (also see -zoom)
              Override movie aspect ratio, in case aspect information is incorrect or missing  in
              the file being played.

              EXAMPLE:
                 -aspect 4:3  or -aspect 1.3333
                 -aspect 16:9 or -aspect 1.7777

       -noaspect
              Disable automatic movie aspect ratio compensation.

       -field-dominance <-1-1>
              Set  first  field for interlaced content.  Useful for deinterlacers that double the
              framerate: -vf tfields=1, -vf yadif=1, -vo vdpau:deint and -vo xvmc:bobdeint.
                 -1   auto (default): If the decoder does not export the appropriate information,
                      it falls back to 0 (top field first).
                 0    top field first
                 1    bottom field first

       -flip
              Flip image upside-down.

       -lavdopts <option1:option2:...> (DEBUG CODE)
              Specify libavcodec decoding parameters.  Separate multiple options with a colon.

              EXAMPLE:
                 -lavdopts gray:skiploopfilter=all:skipframe=nonref

              Available options are:

                 bitexact
                      Only use bit-exact algorithms in all decoding steps (for codec testing).

                 bug=<value>
                      Manually work around encoder bugs.
                         0: nothing
                         1: autodetect bugs (default)
                         2   (msmpeg4v3):   some   old   lavc   generated   msmpeg4v3  files  (no
                         autodetection)
                         4 (mpeg4): Xvid interlacing bug (autodetected if fourcc==XVIX)
                         8 (mpeg4): UMP4 (autodetected if fourcc==UMP4)
                         16 (mpeg4): padding bug (autodetected)
                         32 (mpeg4): illegal vlc bug (autodetected per fourcc)
                         64 (mpeg4): Xvid and DivX qpel bug (autodetected per fourcc/version)
                         128 (mpeg4): old standard qpel (autodetected per fourcc/version)
                         256 (mpeg4): another qpel bug (autodetected per fourcc/version)
                         512 (mpeg4): direct-qpel-blocksize bug (autodetected per fourcc/version)
                         1024 (mpeg4): edge padding bug (autodetected per fourcc/version)

                 debug=<value>
                      Display debugging information.
                         0: disabled
                         1: picture info
                         2: rate control
                         4: bitstream
                         8: macroblock (MB) type
                         16: per-block quantization parameter (QP)
                         32: motion vector
                         0x0040: motion vector visualization (use -noslices)
                         0x0080: macroblock (MB) skip
                         0x0100: startcode
                         0x0200: PTS
                         0x0400: error resilience
                         0x0800: memory management control operations (H.264)
                         0x1000: bugs
                         0x2000: Visualize quantization  parameter  (QP),  lower  QP  are  tinted
                         greener.
                         0x4000: Visualize block types.

                 ec=<value>
                      Set error concealment strategy.
                         1: Use strong deblock filter for damaged MBs.
                         2: iterative motion vector (MV) search (slow)
                         3: all (default)

                 er=<value>
                      Set error resilience strategy.
                         0: disabled
                         1: careful (Should work with broken encoders.)
                         2: normal (default) (Works with compliant encoders.)
                         3:  aggressive  (More  checks,  but  might cause problems even for valid
                         bitstreams.)
                         4: very aggressive

                 fast (MPEG-2, MPEG-4, and H.264 only)
                      Enable optimizations which do not comply to  the  specification  and  might
                      potentially  cause  problems,  like  simpler dequantization, simpler motion
                      compensation, assuming use of the default quantization matrix, assuming YUV
                      4:2:0 and skipping a few checks to detect damaged bitstreams.

                 gray
                      grayscale only decoding (a bit faster than with color)

                 idct=<0-99> (see -lavcopts)
                      For  best  decoding  quality  use  the same IDCT algorithm for decoding and
                      encoding.  This may come at a price in accuracy, though.

                 lowres=<number>[,<w>]
                      Decode at lower resolutions.  Low resolution decoding is not  supported  by
                      all codecs, and it will often result in ugly artifacts.  This is not a bug,
                      but a side effect of not decoding at full resolution.
                         0: disabled
                         1: 1/2 resolution
                         2: 1/4 resolution
                         3: 1/8 resolution
                      If <w> is specified lowres decoding will be used only if the width  of  the
                      video is major than or equal to <w>.
                 o=<key>=<value>[,<key>=<value>[,...]]   Pass  AVOptions  to  libavcodec decoder.
                 Note, a patch to make the o= unneeded and pass all unknown options  through  the
                 AVOption system is welcome.  A full list of AVOptions can be found in the FFmpeg
                 manual.  Note that some options may conflict with MEncoder options.

                      EXAMPLE:
                           o=debug=pict

                 sb=<number> (MPEG-2 only)
                      Skip the given number of macroblock rows at the bottom.

                 st=<number> (MPEG-2 only)
                      Skip the given number of macroblock rows at the top.

                 skiploopfilter=<skipvalue> (H.264 only)
                      Skips the loop filter (AKA deblocking) during H.264  decoding.   Since  the
                      filtered  frame  is supposed to be used as reference for decoding dependent
                      frames this has a worse effect on quality than not doing deblocking on e.g.
                      MPEG-2  video.   But  at  least  for  high bitrate HDTV this provides a big
                      speedup with no visible quality loss.

                      <skipvalue> can be either one of the following:
                         none: Never skip.
                         default: Skip useless processing steps (e.g. 0 size packets in AVI).
                         nonref: Skip frames that are not referenced (i.e. not used for  decoding
                         other frames, the error cannot "build up").
                         bidir: Skip B-Frames.
                         nonkey: Skip all frames except keyframes.
                         all: Skip all frames.

                 skipidct=<skipvalue> (MPEG-1/2 only)
                      Skips  the  IDCT  step.  This degrades quality a lot of in almost all cases
                      (see skiploopfilter for available skip values).

                 skipframe=<skipvalue>
                      Skips decoding of frames completely.  Big speedup,  but  jerky  motion  and
                      sometimes bad artifacts (see skiploopfilter for available skip values).

                 threads=<1-8> (MPEG-1/2 and H.264 only)
                      number of threads to use for decoding (default: 1)

                 vismv=<value>
                      Visualize motion vectors.
                         0: disabled
                         1: Visualize forward predicted MVs of P-frames.
                         2: Visualize forward predicted MVs of B-frames.
                         4: Visualize backward predicted MVs of B-frames.

                 vstats
                      Prints some statistics and stores them in ./vstats_*.log.

                 wait_keyframe
                      Wait  for  a  keyframe before displaying anything.  Avoids broken frames at
                      startup or after seeking with some formats.

       -noslices
              Disable drawing video by 16-pixel height  slices/bands,  instead  draws  the  whole
              frame  in  a  single  run.   May  be  faster or slower, depending on video card and
              available cache.  It has effect only with libmpeg2 and libavcodec codecs.

       -nosound
              Do not play/encode sound.  Useful for benchmarking.

       -novideo
              Do not play/encode video.  In many cases this will not work, use -vc null -vo  null
              instead.

       -pp <quality> (also see -vf pp)
              Set  the  DLL  postprocess level.  This option is no longer usable with -vf pp.  It
              only works with Win32 DirectShow DLLs with internal postprocessing  routines.   The
              valid  range  of  -pp  values  varies  by codec, it is mostly 0-6, where 0=disable,
              6=slowest/best.

       -pphelp (also see -vf pp)
              Show a summary about the available postprocess filters and their usage.

       -ssf <mode>
              Specifies software scaler parameters.

              EXAMPLE:
                 -vf scale -ssf lgb=3.0
                 lgb=<0-100>
                      gaussian blur filter (luma)
                 cgb=<0-100>
                      gaussian blur filter (chroma)
                 ls=<-100-100>
                      sharpen filter (luma)
                 cs=<-100-100>
                      sharpen filter (chroma)
                 chs=<h>
                      chroma horizontal shifting
                 cvs=<v>
                      chroma vertical shifting

       -stereo <mode>
              Select type of MP2/MP3 stereo output.
                 0    stereo
                 1    left channel
                 2    right channel

       -sws <software scaler type> (also see -vf scale and -zoom)
              Specify the software scaler algorithm to be  used  with  the  -zoom  option.   This
              affects video output drivers which lack hardware acceleration, e.g. x11.

              Available types are:

                 0    fast bilinear
                 1    bilinear
                 2    bicubic (good quality) (default)
                 3    experimental
                 4    nearest neighbor (bad quality)
                 5    area
                 6    luma bicubic / chroma bilinear
                 7    gauss
                 8    sincR
                 9    lanczos
                 10   natural bicubic spline

              NOTE: Some -sws options are tunable.  The description of the scale video filter has
              further information.

       -vc <[-|+]codec1,[-|+]codec2,...[,]>
              Specify a priority list of video codecs to be used, according to their  codec  name
              in  codecs.conf.  Use a '-' before the codec name to omit it.  Use a '+' before the
              codec name to force it, this will likely crash!  If the list  has  a  trailing  ','
              MPlayer will fall back on codecs not contained in the list.
              NOTE: See -vc help for a full list of available codecs.

              EXAMPLE:
                 -vc divx
                      Force Win32/VfW DivX codec, no fallback.
                 -vc -divxds,-divx,
                      Skip Win32 DivX codecs.
                 -vc ffmpeg12,mpeg12,
                      Try libavcodec's MPEG-1/2 codec, then libmpeg2, then others.

       -vfm <driver1,driver2,...>
              Specify  a  priority  list  of  video codec families to be used, according to their
              names in codecs.conf.  Falls back on the default codecs if none of the given  codec
              families work.
              NOTE: See -vfm help for a full list of available codec families.

              EXAMPLE:
                 -vfm ffmpeg,dshow,vfw
                      Try  the  libavcodec,  then  Directshow,  then  VfW codecs and fall back on
                      others, if they do not work.
                 -vfm xanim
                      Try XAnim codecs first.

       -x <x> (also see -zoom) (MPlayer only)
              Scale image to width <x> (if software/hardware  scaling  is  available).   Disables
              aspect calculations.

       -xvidopts <option1:option2:...>
              Specify additional parameters when decoding with Xvid.
              NOTE:  Since  libavcodec  is  faster than Xvid you might want to use the libavcodec
              postprocessing filter (-vf pp) and decoder (-vfm ffmpeg) instead.

              Xvid's internal postprocessing filters:
                 deblock-chroma (also see -vf pp)
                      chroma deblock filter
                 deblock-luma (also see -vf pp)
                      luma deblock filter
                 dering-luma (also see -vf pp)
                      luma deringing filter
                 dering-chroma (also see -vf pp)
                      chroma deringing filter
                 filmeffect (also see -vf noise)
                      Adds artificial film grain to the video.  May increase  perceived  quality,
                      while lowering true quality.

              rendering methods:
                 dr2
                      Activate direct rendering method 2.
                 nodr2
                      Deactivate direct rendering method 2.

       -xy <value> (also see -zoom)
                 value<=8
                      Scale image by factor <value>.
                 value>8
                      Set width to value and calculate height to keep correct aspect ratio.

       -y <y> (also see -zoom) (MPlayer only)
              Scale  image  to  height <y> (if software/hardware scaling is available).  Disables
              aspect calculations.

       -zoom
              Allow software scaling, where available.   This  will  allow  scaling  with  output
              drivers  (like  x11,  fbdev)  that  do  not  support hardware scaling where MPlayer
              disables scaling by default for performance reasons.

AUDIO FILTERS

       Audio filters allow you to modify the audio stream and its properties.  The syntax is:

       -af <filter1[=parameter1:parameter2:...],filter2,...>
              Setup a chain of audio filters.

       NOTE: To get a full list of available audio filters, see -af help.

       Audio filters are managed in lists.  There are a few commands to manage the filter list.

       -af-add <filter1[,filter2,...]>
              Appends the filters given as arguments to the filter list.

       -af-pre <filter1[,filter2,...]>
              Prepends the filters given as arguments to the filter list.

       -af-del <index1[,index2,...]>
              Deletes the filters at the given indexes.   Index  numbers  start  at  0,  negative
              numbers address the end of the list (-1 is the last).

       -af-clr
              Completely empties the filter list.

       Available filters are:

       resample[=srate[:sloppy[:type]]]
              Changes  the  sample  rate  of  the  audio stream.  Can be used if you have a fixed
              frequency sound card or if you are stuck with  an  old  sound  card  that  is  only
              capable  of  max  44.1kHz.   This filter is automatically enabled if necessary.  It
              only supports 16-bit integer and float in native-endian format as input.
              NOTE: With MEncoder, you need to also use -srate <srate>.
                 <srate>
                      output sample frequency in Hz.  The valid range for this parameter is  8000
                      to  192000.   If  the  input and output sample frequency are the same or if
                      this parameter is omitted the filter is  automatically  unloaded.   A  high
                      sample  frequency normally improves the audio quality, especially when used
                      in combination with other filters.
                 <sloppy>
                      Allow (1) or disallow (0) the output frequency to differ slightly from  the
                      frequency given by <srate> (default: 1).  Can be used if the startup of the
                      playback is extremely slow.
                 <type>
                      Select which resampling method to use.
                         0: linear interpolation (fast, poor quality especially when upsampling)
                         1: polyphase filterbank and integer processing
                         2: polyphase  filterbank  and  floating  point  processing  (slow,  best
                         quality)

              EXAMPLE:
                 mplayer -af resample=44100:0:0
                      would  set  the  output  frequency  of the resample filter to 44100Hz using
                      exact output frequency scaling and linear interpolation.

       lavcresample[=srate[:length[:linear[:count[:cutoff]]]]]
              Changes the sample rate of the audio stream to an integer <srate> in Hz.   It  only
              supports the 16-bit native-endian format.
              NOTE: With MEncoder, you need to also use -srate <srate>.
                 <srate>
                      the output sample rate
                 <length>
                      length of the filter with respect to the lower sampling rate (default: 16)
                 <linear>
                      if 1 then filters will be linearly interpolated between polyphase entries
                 <count>
                      log2 of the number of polyphase entries (..., 10->1024, 11->2048, 12->4096,
                      ...)  (default: 10->1024)
                 <cutoff>
                      cutoff frequency (0.0-1.0), default set depending upon filter length

       lavcac3enc[=tospdif[:bitrate[:minchn]]]
              Encode multi-channel audio to AC-3 at runtime using  libavcodec.   Supports  16-bit
              native-endian  input  format,  maximum  6  channels.  The output is big-endian when
              outputting a raw AC-3 stream, native-endian when outputting to S/PDIF.  The  output
              sample  rate  of this filter is same with the input sample rate.  When input sample
              rate is 48kHz, 44.1kHz, or  32kHz,  this  filter  directly  use  it.   Otherwise  a
              resampling  filter is auto-inserted before this filter to make the input and output
              sample rate be 48kHz.  You need to specify '-channels N' to make the decoder decode
              audio into N-channel, then the filter can encode the N-channel input to AC-3.
                 <tospdif>
                      Output raw AC-3 stream if zero or not set, output to S/PDIF for passthrough
                      when <tospdif> is set non-zero.
                 <bitrate>
                      The bitrate to encode the AC-3 stream.  Set it to either 384 or  384000  to
                      get  384kbits.   Valid  values:  32, 40, 48, 56, 64, 80, 96, 112, 128, 160,
                      192, 224, 256,
                                    320, 384, 448, 512, 576, 640 Default bitrate is based on  the
                      input  channel number: 1ch: 96,  2ch: 192,  3ch: 224,  4ch: 384,  5ch: 448,
                      6ch: 448
                 <minchn>
                      If the input channel number is less than <minchn>, the filter  will  detach
                      itself (default: 5).

       sweep[=speed]
              Produces a sine sweep.
                 <0.0-1.0>
                      Sine function delta, use very low values to hear the sweep.

       sinesuppress[=freq:decay]
              Remove  a  sine at the specified frequency.  Useful to get rid of the 50/60Hz noise
              on low quality audio equipment.  It probably only works on mono input.
                 <freq>
                      The frequency of the sine which should be removed (in Hz) (default: 50)
                 <decay>
                      Controls the adaptivity (a larger value  will  make  the  filter  adapt  to
                      amplitude  and  phase  changes  quicker,  a  smaller  value  will  make the
                      adaptation slower) (default: 0.0001).  Reasonable values are around 0.001.

       bs2b[=option1:option2:...]
              Bauer  stereophonic  to  binaural  transformation  using  libbs2b.   Improves   the
              headphone   listening   experience  by  making  the  sound  similar  to  that  from
              loudspeakers, allowing each ear to hear both channels and taking into  account  the
              distance  difference  and  the  head  shadowing effect.  It is applicable only to 2
              channel audio.
                 fcut=<300-1000>
                      Set cut frequency in Hz.
                 feed=<10-150>
                      Set feed level for low frequencies in 0.1*dB.
                 profile=<value>
                      Several profiles are available for convenience:
                           default
                                will be used if nothing else was specified (fcut=700, feed=45)
                           cmoy
                                Chu Moy circuit implementation (fcut=700, feed=60)
                           jmeier
                                Jan Meier circuit implementation (fcut=650, feed=95)

              If fcut or feed options are specified together with a profile, they will be applied
              on top of the selected profile.

       hrtf[=flag]
              Head-related transfer function: Converts multichannel audio to 2 channel output for
              headphones, preserving the spatiality of the sound.

              Flag  Meaning
              m     matrix decoding of the rear channel
              s     2-channel matrix decoding
              0     no matrix decoding (default)

       equalizer=[g1:g2:g3:...:g10]
              10 octave band graphic equalizer, implemented using 10 IIR band pass filters.  This
              means  that  it  works  regardless of what type of audio is being played back.  The
              center frequencies for the 10 bands are:

              No. frequency
              0    31.25 Hz
              1    62.50 Hz
              2   125.00 Hz
              3   250.00 Hz
              4   500.00 Hz
              5    1.00 kHz
              6    2.00 kHz
              7    4.00 kHz
              8    8.00 kHz
              9   16.00 kHz

              If the sample rate of the sound being played is lower than the center frequency for
              a frequency band, then that band will be disabled.  A known bug with this filter is
              that the characteristics for the uppermost band are not completely symmetric if the
              sample  rate  is  close  to the center frequency of that band.  This problem can be
              worked around by upsampling the sound using the resample filter before  it  reaches
              this filter.
                 <g1>:<g2>:<g3>:...:<g10>
                      floating  point numbers representing the gain in dB for each frequency band
                      (-12-12)

              EXAMPLE:
                 mplayer -af equalizer=11:11:10:5:0:-12:0:5:12:12 media.avi
                      Would amplify the sound in the  upper  and  lower  frequency  region  while
                      canceling it almost completely around 1kHz.

       channels=nch[:nr:from1:to1:from2:to2:from3:to3:...]
              Can  be  used  for  adding,  removing, routing and copying audio channels.  If only
              <nch> is given the default routing is used, it works as follows: If the  number  of
              output  channels  is  bigger  than  the number of input channels empty channels are
              inserted (except mixing from mono to stereo, then the mono channel is  repeated  in
              both of the output channels).  If the number of output channels is smaller than the
              number of input channels the exceeding channels are truncated.
                 <nch>
                      number of output channels (1-8)
                 <nr>
                      number of routes (1-8)
                 <from1:to1:from2:to2:from3:to3:...>
                      Pairs of numbers between 0 and 7 that define where to route each channel.

              EXAMPLE:
                 mplayer -af channels=4:4:0:1:1:0:2:2:3:3 media.avi
                      Would change the number of channels to 4 and set  up  4  routes  that  swap
                      channel  0 and channel 1 and leave channel 2 and 3 intact.  Observe that if
                      media containing two channels was played  back,  channels  2  and  3  would
                      contain silence but 0 and 1 would still be swapped.
                 mplayer -af channels=6:4:0:0:0:1:0:2:0:3 media.avi
                      Would  change  the  number  of  channels to 6 and set up 4 routes that copy
                      channel 0 to channels 0 to 3.  Channel 4 and 5 will contain silence.

       format[=format] (also see -format)
              Convert between different sample formats.  Automatically enabled when needed by the
              sound card or another filter.
                 <format>
                      Sets  the desired format.  The general form is 'sbe', where 's' denotes the
                      sign (either 's' for signed or 'u' for unsigned), 'b' denotes the number of
                      bits  per  sample (16, 24 or 32) and 'e' denotes the endianness ('le' means
                      little-endian, 'be' big-endian and 'ne'  the  endianness  of  the  computer
                      MPlayer  is  running  on).   Valid  values  (amongst  others) are: 's16le',
                      'u32be' and 'u24ne'.  Exceptions to this rule that are  also  valid  format
                      specifiers:  u8, s8, floatle, floatbe, floatne, mulaw, alaw, mpeg2, ac3 and
                      imaadpcm.

       volume[=v[:sc]]
              Implements software volume control.  Use this filter  with  caution  since  it  can
              reduce the signal to noise ratio of the sound.  In most cases it is best to set the
              level for the PCM sound to max, leave this filter out and control the output  level
              to  your  speakers with the master volume control of the mixer.  In case your sound
              card has a digital PCM mixer instead of an analog one, and you hear distortion, use
              the  MASTER  mixer  instead.   If  there  is an external amplifier connected to the
              computer (this is almost always the case), the noise  level  can  be  minimized  by
              adjusting  the  master level and the volume knob on the amplifier until the hissing
              noise in the background is gone.
              This filter has a second feature: It measures the overall maximum sound  level  and
              prints  out  that  level  when MPlayer exits.  This volume estimate can be used for
              setting the sound level  in  MEncoder  such  that  the  maximum  dynamic  range  is
              utilized.   This  feature  currently  only works with floating-point data, use e.g.
              -af-adv force=5, or use -af stats.
              NOTE: This filter is not reentrant and can therefore only be enabled once for every
              audio stream.
                 <v>
                      Sets  the  desired gain in dB for all channels in the stream from -200dB to
                      +60dB, where -200dB mutes the sound completely and +60dB equals a  gain  of
                      1000 (default: 0).
                 <sc>
                      Turns  soft  clipping  on (1) or off (0).  Soft-clipping can make the sound
                      more smooth if very high volume levels are used.  Enable this option if the
                      dynamic range of the loudspeakers is very low.
                      WARNING:  This  feature  creates distortion and should be considered a last
                      resort.

              EXAMPLE:
                 mplayer -af volume=10.1:0 media.avi
                      Would amplify the sound by 10.1dB and hard-clip if the sound level  is  too
                      high.

       pan=n[:L00:L01:L02:...L10:L11:L12:...Ln0:Ln1:Ln2:...]
              Mixes channels arbitrarily.  Basically a combination of the volume and the channels
              filter that can be used to down-mix many channels to only a  few,  e.g.  stereo  to
              mono  or  vary  the "width" of the center speaker in a surround sound system.  This
              filter is hard to use, and will require some tinkering before the desired result is
              obtained.   The  number  of options for this filter depends on the number of output
              channels.  An example how to downmix a six-channel file to two channels  with  this
              filter can be found in the examples section near the end.
                 <n>
                      number of output channels (1-8)
                 <Lij>
                      How  much  of  input channel i is mixed into output channel j (0-1).  So in
                      principle you first have n numbers saying what to do with the  first  input
                      channel,  then  n numbers that act on the second input channel etc.  If you
                      do not specify any numbers for some input channels, 0 is assumed.

              EXAMPLE:
                 mplayer -af pan=1:0.5:0.5 media.avi
                      Would down-mix from stereo to mono.
                 mplayer -af pan=3:1:0:0.5:0:1:0.5 media.avi
                      Would give 3 channel output leaving  channels  0  and  1  intact,  and  mix
                      channels  0 and 1 into output channel 2 (which could be sent to a subwoofer
                      for example).

       sub[=fc:ch]
              Adds a subwoofer channel to the audio stream.  The audio data used for creating the
              subwoofer  channel  is  an  average  of  the sound in channel 0 and channel 1.  The
              resulting sound is then low-pass filtered by a 4th order Butterworth filter with  a
              default  cutoff  frequency  of  60Hz  and  added to a separate channel in the audio
              stream.
              Warning: Disable this filter when you are  playing  DVDs  with  Dolby  Digital  5.1
              sound, otherwise this filter will disrupt the sound to the subwoofer.
                 <fc>
                      cutoff  frequency  in  Hz for the low-pass filter (20Hz to 300Hz) (default:
                      60Hz) For the best result try  setting  the  cutoff  frequency  as  low  as
                      possible.  This will improve the stereo or surround sound experience.
                 <ch>
                      Determines  the  channel  number  in which to insert the sub-channel audio.
                      Channel number can be between 0 and  7  (default:  5).   Observe  that  the
                      number of channels will automatically be increased to <ch> if necessary.

              EXAMPLE:
                 mplayer -af sub=100:4 -channels 5 media.avi
                      Would  add  a sub-woofer channel with a cutoff frequency of 100Hz to output
                      channel 4.

       center
              Creates a center channel from the front channels.  May currently be low quality  as
              it  does  not  implement a high-pass filter for proper extraction yet, but averages
              and halves the channels instead.
                 <ch>
                      Determines the channel number  in  which  to  insert  the  center  channel.
                      Channel  number  can  be  between  0  and 7 (default: 5).  Observe that the
                      number of channels will automatically be increased to <ch> if necessary.

       surround[=delay]
              Decoder for matrix encoded surround sound like Dolby Surround.  Many files  with  2
              channel  audio  actually  contain  matrixed  surround sound.  Requires a sound card
              supporting at least 4 channels.
                 <delay>
                      delay time in ms for the rear speakers (0 to 1000) (default: 20) This delay
                      should be set as follows: If d1 is the distance from the listening position
                      to the front speakers and d2 is the distance from the listening position to
                      the  rear speakers, then the delay should be set to 15ms if d1 <= d2 and to
                      15 + 5*(d1-d2) if d1 > d2.

              EXAMPLE:
                 mplayer -af surround=15 -channels 4 media.avi
                      Would add surround sound decoding with 15ms delay for the sound to the rear
                      speakers.

       delay[=ch1:ch2:...]
              Delays  the  sound  to  the  loudspeakers  such  that  the sound from the different
              channels arrives at the listening position simultaneously.  It is  only  useful  if
              you have more than 2 loudspeakers.
                 ch1,ch2,...
                      The  delay  in  ms  that  should be imposed on each channel (floating point
                      number between 0 and 1000).

              To calculate the required delay for the different channels do as follows:

              1. Measure the distance to the loudspeakers in meters in relation to your listening
                 position,  giving  you  the  distances s1 to s5 (for a 5.1 system).  There is no
                 point in compensating for the  subwoofer  (you  will  not  hear  the  difference
                 anyway).

              2. Subtract  the distances s1 to s5 from the maximum distance, i.e. s[i] = max(s) -
                 s[i]; i = 1...5.

              3. Calculate the required delays in ms as d[i] = 1000*s[i]/342; i = 1...5.

              EXAMPLE:
                 mplayer -af delay=10.5:10.5:0:0:7:0 media.avi
                      Would delay front left and right by 10.5ms, the two rear channels  and  the
                      sub by 0ms and the center channel by 7ms.

       export[=mmapped_file[:nsamples]]
              Exports  the  incoming  signal  to  other  processes using memory mapping (mmap()).
              Memory mapped areas contain a header:

              int nch                      /*number of channels*/
              int size                     /*buffer size*/
              unsigned long long counter   /*Used to keep sync, updated every
                                             time new data is exported.*/

              The rest is payload (non-interleaved) 16 bit data.
                 <mmapped_file>
                      file to map data to (default: ~/.mplayer/mplayer-af_export)
                 <nsamples>
                      number of samples per channel (default: 512)

              EXAMPLE:
                 mplayer -af export=/tmp/mplayer-af_export:1024 media.avi
                      Would export 1024 samples per channel to '/tmp/mplayer-af_export'.

       extrastereo[=mul]
              (Linearly) increases the difference between left and right channels which adds some
              sort of "live" effect to playback.
                 <mul>
                      Sets  the  difference  coefficient  (default:  2.5).   0.0 means mono sound
                      (average of both channels), with 1.0 sound will  be  unchanged,  with  -1.0
                      left and right channels will be swapped.

       volnorm[=method:target]
              Maximizes the volume without distorting the sound.
                 <method>
                      Sets the used method.
                         1:  Use  a  single  sample  to  smooth  the  variations via the standard
                         weighted mean over past samples (default).
                         2: Use several  samples  to  smooth  the  variations  via  the  standard
                         weighted mean over past samples.

                 <target>
                      Sets  the target amplitude as a fraction of the maximum for the sample type
                      (default: 0.25).

       ladspa=file:label[:controls...]
              Load a LADSPA (Linux Audio Developer's Simple Plugin API) plugin.  This  filter  is
              reentrant, so multiple LADSPA plugins can be used at once.
                 <file>
                      Specifies  the  LADSPA  plugin  library  file.   If  LADSPA_PATH is set, it
                      searches for the specified file.  If it is not set, you must supply a fully
                      specified pathname.
                 <label>
                      Specifies  the  filter within the library.  Some libraries contain only one
                      filter, but others contain many of them.  Entering 'help' here,  will  list
                      all  available  filters  within the specified library, which eliminates the
                      use of 'listplugins' from the LADSPA SDK.
                 <controls>
                      Controls are zero or more floating point values that determine the behavior
                      of  the  loaded  plugin (for example delay, threshold or gain).  In verbose
                      mode (add -v to the MPlayer command line), all available controls and their
                      valid  ranges are printed.  This eliminates the use of 'analyseplugin' from
                      the LADSPA SDK.

       comp
              Compressor/expander filter usable for microphone input.  Prevents artifacts on very
              loud sound and raises the volume on very low sound.  This filter is untested, maybe
              even unusable.

       gate
              Noise gate filter similar to the comp audio filter.  This filter is untested, maybe
              even unusable.

       karaoke
              Simple voice removal filter exploiting the fact that voice is usually recorded with
              mono gear and later 'center' mixed onto the final audio stream.  Beware  that  this
              filter  will  turn  your signal into mono.  Works well for 2 channel tracks; do not
              bother trying it on anything but 2 channel stereo.

       scaletempo[=option1:option2:...]
              Scales audio tempo without altering pitch,  optionally  synced  to  playback  speed
              (default).
              This  works  by  playing  ´stride´  ms  of  audio  at  normal  speed then consuming
              ´stride*scale´ ms of input audio.  It  pieces  the  strides  together  by  blending
              ´overlap´%  of  stride  with  audio  following  the previous stride.  It optionally
              performs a short statistical analysis on the next ´search´ ms of audio to determine
              the best overlap position.
                 scale=<amount>
                      Nominal  amount  to  scale tempo.  Scales this amount in addition to speed.
                      (default: 1.0)
                 stride=<amount>
                      Length in milliseconds to output each stride.  Too high of value will cause
                      noticable  skips  at  high  scale amounts and an echo at low scale amounts.
                      Very  low  values  will  alter  pitch.   Increasing  improves  performance.
                      (default: 60)
                 overlap=<percent>
                      Percentage   of   stride  to  overlap.   Decreasing  improves  performance.
                      (default: .20)
                 search=<amount>
                      Length in milliseconds to search for  best  overlap  position.   Decreasing
                      improves  performance  greatly.  On slow systems, you will probably want to
                      set this very low.  (default: 14)
                 speed=<tempo|pitch|both|none>
                      Set response to speed change.
                         tempo
                              Scale tempo in sync with speed (default).
                         pitch
                              Reverses effect of filter.  Scales pitch  without  altering  tempo.
                              Add   ´[   speed_mult   0.9438743126816935´   and   ´]   speed_mult
                              1.059463094352953´ to your input.conf  to  step  by  musical  semi-
                              tones.  WARNING: Loses sync with video.
                         both Scale both tempo and pitch.
                         none Ignore speed changes.

              EXAMPLE:
                 mplayer -af scaletempo -speed 1.2 media.ogg
                      Would  playback  media  at  1.2x  normal speed, with audio at normal pitch.
                      Changing playback speed, would change audio tempo to match.
                 mplayer -af scaletempo=scale=1.2:speed=none -speed 1.2 media.ogg
                      Would playback media at 1.2x normal speed, with audio at normal pitch,  but
                      changing playback speed has no effect on audio tempo.
                 mplayer -af scaletempo=stride=30:overlap=.50:search=10 media.ogg
                      Would tweak the quality and performace parameters.
                 mplayer -af format=floatne,scaletempo media.ogg
                      Would make scaletempo use float code.  Maybe faster on some platforms.
                 mplayer -af scaletempo=scale=1.2:speed=pitch audio.ogg
                      Would playback audio file at 1.2x normal speed, with audio at normal pitch.
                      Changing playback speed, would change pitch, leaving audio tempo at 1.2x.

       stats
              Collects and prints statistics about  the  audio  stream,  especially  the  volume.
              These  statistics  are  especially  intended  to  help  adjusting  the volume while
              avoiding clipping.  The volumes are printed in dB and compatible  with  the  volume
              audio filter.

VIDEO FILTERS

       Video filters allow you to modify the video stream and its properties.  The syntax is:

       -vf <filter1[=parameter1:parameter2:...],filter2,...>
              Setup a chain of video filters.

       Many  parameters  are  optional and set to default values if omitted.  To explicitly use a
       default value set a parameter to '-1'.  Parameters w:h means width x height in pixels, x:y
       means x;y position counted from the upper left corner of the bigger image.
       NOTE: To get a full list of available video filters, see -vf help.

       Video filters are managed in lists.  There are a few commands to manage the filter list.

       -vf-add <filter1[,filter2,...]>
              Appends the filters given as arguments to the filter list.

       -vf-pre <filter1[,filter2,...]>
              Prepends the filters given as arguments to the filter list.

       -vf-del <index1[,index2,...]>
              Deletes  the  filters  at  the  given  indexes.  Index numbers start at 0, negative
              numbers address the end of the list (-1 is the last).

       -vf-clr
              Completely empties the filter list.

       With filters that support it, you can access parameters by their name.

       -vf <filter>=help
              Prints the parameter names and parameter value ranges for a particular filter.

       -vf <filter=named_parameter1=value1[:named_parameter2=value2:...]>
              Sets a named parameter to the given value.  Use on and off or yes  and  no  to  set
              flag parameters.

       Available filters are:

       crop[=w:h:x:y]
              Crops  the  given  part of the image and discards the rest.  Useful to remove black
              bands from widescreen movies.
                 <w>,<h>
                      Cropped width and height, defaults to original width and height.
                 <x>,<y>
                      Position of the cropped picture, defaults to center.

       cropdetect[=limit:round[:reset]]
              Calculates necessary cropping parameters and prints the recommended  parameters  to
              stdout.
                 <limit>
                      Threshold, which can be optionally specified from nothing (0) to everything
                      (255) (default: 24).
                 <round>
                      Value which the width/height should be divisible  by  (default:  16).   The
                      offset  is  automatically  adjusted to center the video.  Use 2 to get only
                      even dimensions (needed for 4:2:2 video).  16 is best when encoding to most
                      video codecs.
                 <reset>
                      Counter  that  determines  after  how many frames cropdetect will reset the
                      previously detected largest video area and start over to detect the current
                      optimal  crop  area  (default:  0).   This can be useful when channel logos
                      distort the video area.  0 indicates never reset  and  return  the  largest
                      area encountered during playback.

       rectangle[=w:h:x:y]
              Draws  a  rectangle  of the requested width and height at the specified coordinates
              over the image and prints current rectangle parameters to the console.  This can be
              used  to  find  optimal  cropping parameters.  If you bind the input.conf directive
              'change_rectangle' to keystrokes, you can move and resize the rectangle on the fly.
                 <w>,<h>
                      width and height (default: -1, maximum possible width where boundaries  are
                      still visible.)
                 <x>,<y>
                      top left corner position (default: -1, uppermost leftmost)

       expand[=w:h:x:y:o:a:r]
              Expands  (not  scales)  movie resolution to the given value and places the unscaled
              original at coordinates x, y.   Can  be  used  for  placing  subtitles/OSD  in  the
              resulting black bands.

                 <w>,<h>
                      Expanded  width,height  (default:  original width,height).  Negative values
                      for w and h are treated as offsets to the original size.

                      EXAMPLE:
                           expand=0:-50:0:0
                                  Adds a 50 pixel border to the bottom of the picture.

                 <x>,<y>
                      position of original image on the expanded image (default: center)

                 <o>
                      OSD/subtitle rendering
                         0: disable (default)
                         1: enable

                 <a>
                      Expands to fit an aspect instead of a resolution (default: 0).

                      EXAMPLE:
                           expand=800:::::4/3
                                  Expands to 800x600, unless the source is higher resolution,  in
                                  which case it expands to fill a 4/3 aspect.

                 <r>
                      Rounds up to make both width and height divisible by <r> (default: 1).

       flip (also see -flip)
              Flips the image upside down.

       mirror
              Mirrors the image on the Y axis.

       rotate[=<0-7>]
              Rotates  the  image  by 90 degrees and optionally flips it.  For values between 4-7
              rotation is only done if the movie geometry is portrait and not landscape.

                 0    Rotate by 90 degrees clockwise and flip (default).

                 1    Rotate by 90 degrees clockwise.

                 2    Rotate by 90 degrees counterclockwise.

                 3    Rotate by 90 degrees counterclockwise and flip.

       scale[=w:h[:interlaced[:chr_drop[:par[:par2[:presize[:noup[:arnd]]]]]]]]
              Scales the  image  with  the  software  scaler  (slow)  and  performs  a  YUV<->RGB
              colorspace conversion (also see -sws).

                 <w>,<h>
                      scaled width/height (default: original width/height)
                      NOTE:  If  -zoom  is  used,  and  underlying  filters (including libvo) are
                      incapable of scaling, it defaults to d_width/d_height!
                          0:   scaled d_width/d_height
                         -1:   original width/height
                         -2:   Calculate w/h using the other dimension and the  prescaled  aspect
                         ratio.
                         -3:    Calculate  w/h  using the other dimension and the original aspect
                         ratio.
                         -(n+8): Like -n  above,  but  rounding  the  dimension  to  the  closest
                         multiple of 16.

                 <interlaced>
                      Toggle interlaced scaling.
                         0: off (default)
                         1: on

                 <chr_drop>
                      chroma skipping
                         0: Use all available input lines for chroma.
                         1: Use only every 2. input line for chroma.
                         2: Use only every 4. input line for chroma.
                         3: Use only every 8. input line for chroma.

                 <par>[:<par2>] (also see -sws)
                      Set  some  scaling parameters depending on the type of scaler selected with
                      -sws.
                         -sws 2 (bicubic):  B (blurring) and C (ringing)
                         0.00:0.60 default
                         0.00:0.75 VirtualDub's "precise bicubic"
                         0.00:0.50 Catmull-Rom spline
                         0.33:0.33 Mitchell-Netravali spline
                         1.00:0.00 cubic B-spline
                         -sws 7 (gaussian): sharpness (0 (soft) - 100 (sharp))
                         -sws 9 (lanczos):  filter length (1-10)

                 <presize>
                      Scale to preset sizes.
                         qntsc:   352x240 (NTSC quarter screen)
                         qpal:    352x288 (PAL quarter screen)
                         ntsc:    720x480 (standard NTSC)
                         pal:     720x576 (standard PAL)
                         sntsc:   640x480 (square pixel NTSC)
                         spal:    768x576 (square pixel PAL)

                 <noup>
                      Disallow upscaling past the original dimensions.
                         0: Allow upscaling (default).
                         1: Disallow upscaling if one dimension exceeds its original value.
                         2: Disallow upscaling if both dimensions exceed their original values.

                 <arnd>
                      Accurate rounding for the vertical scaler, which may be  faster  or  slower
                      than the default rounding.
                         0: Disable accurate rounding (default).
                         1: Enable accurate rounding.

       dsize[=aspect|w:h:aspect-method:r]
              Changes the intended display size/aspect at an arbitrary point in the filter chain.
              Aspect can  be  given  as  a  fraction  (4/3)  or  floating  point  number  (1.33).
              Alternatively,  you  may  specify the exact display width and height desired.  Note
              that this filter does not do any scaling itself; it just affects what later scalers
              (software or hardware) will do when auto-scaling to correct aspect.

                 <w>,<h>
                      New display width and height.  Can also be these special values:
                          0:   original display width and height
                         -1:   original video width and height (default)
                         -2:    Calculate  w/h using the other dimension and the original display
                         aspect ratio.
                         -3:   Calculate w/h using the other dimension  and  the  original  video
                         aspect ratio.

                 EXAMPLE:
                           dsize=800:-2
                                  Specifies  a  display  resolution  of  800x600 for a 4/3 aspect
                                  video, or 800x450 for a 16/9 aspect video.
                 <aspect-method>
                      Modifies width and height according to original aspect ratios.
                         -1: Ignore original aspect ratio (default).
                          0:  Keep  display  aspect  ratio  by  using  <w>  and  <h>  as  maximum
                         resolution.
                          1:  Keep  display  aspect  ratio  by  using  <w>  and  <h>  as  minimum
                         resolution.
                          2: Keep video aspect ratio by using <w> and <h> as maximum resolution.
                          3: Keep video aspect ratio by using <w> and <h> as minimum resolution.

                 EXAMPLE:
                           dsize=800:600:0
                                  Specifies a display resolution of at most 800x600, or  smaller,
                                  in order to keep aspect.

                 <r>
                      Rounds up to make both width and height divisible by <r> (default: 1).

       yvu9
              Forces  software  YVU9  to  YV12 colorspace conversion.  Deprecated in favor of the
              software scaler.

       yuvcsp
              Clamps YUV color values to the CCIR 601 range without doing real conversion.

       palette
              RGB/BGR 8 -> 15/16/24/32bpp colorspace conversion using palette.

       format[=fourcc[:outfourcc]]
              Restricts the colorspace for the next filter without  doing  any  conversion.   Use
              together with the scale filter for a real conversion.
              NOTE: For a list of available formats see format=fmt=help.
                 <fourcc>
                      format name like rgb15, bgr24, yv12, etc (default: yuy2)
                 <outfourcc>
                      Format name that should be substituted for the output.  If this is not 100%
                      compatible with the <fourcc> value it will crash.
                      Valid examples:
                      format=rgb24:bgr24 format=yuyv:yuy2
                      Invalid examples (will crash):
                      format=rgb24:yv12

       noformat[=fourcc]
              Restricts the colorspace for the next filter without doing any conversion.   Unlike
              the format filter, this will allow any colorspace except the one you specify.
              NOTE: For a list of available formats see noformat=fmt=help.
                 <fourcc>
                      format name like rgb15, bgr24, yv12, etc (default: yv12)

       pp[=filter1[:option1[:option2...]]/[-]filter2...] (also see -pphelp)
              Enables  the  specified  chain  of  postprocessing  subfilters.  Subfilters must be
              separated by '/' and can be disabled by prepending a '-'.  Each subfilter and  some
              options  have  a  short  and  a  long  name  that can be used interchangeably, i.e.
              dr/dering are the same.  All subfilters share common  options  to  determine  their
              scope:
                 a/autoq
                      Automatically switch the subfilter off if the CPU is too slow.
                 c/chrom
                      Do chrominance filtering, too (default).
                 y/nochrom
                      Do luminance filtering only (no chrominance).
                 n/noluma
                      Do chrominance filtering only (no luminance).

              NOTE: -pphelp shows a list of available subfilters.

              Available subfilters are

                 hb/hdeblock[:difference[:flatness]]
                      horizontal deblocking filter
                         <difference>: Difference factor where higher values mean more deblocking
                         (default: 32).
                         <flatness>: Flatness threshold where lower values mean  more  deblocking
                         (default: 39).

                 vb/vdeblock[:difference[:flatness]]
                      vertical deblocking filter
                         <difference>: Difference factor where higher values mean more deblocking
                         (default: 32).
                         <flatness>: Flatness threshold where lower values mean  more  deblocking
                         (default: 39).

                 ha/hadeblock[:difference[:flatness]]
                      accurate horizontal deblocking filter
                         <difference>: Difference factor where higher values mean more deblocking
                         (default: 32).
                         <flatness>: Flatness threshold where lower values mean  more  deblocking
                         (default: 39).

                 va/vadeblock[:difference[:flatness]]
                      accurate vertical deblocking filter
                         <difference>: Difference factor where higher values mean more deblocking
                         (default: 32).
                         <flatness>: Flatness threshold where lower values mean  more  deblocking
                         (default: 39).

                 The horizontal and vertical deblocking filters share the difference and flatness
                 values so you cannot set different horizontal and vertical thresholds.

                 h1/x1hdeblock
                      experimental horizontal deblocking filter

                 v1/x1vdeblock
                      experimental vertical deblocking filter

                 dr/dering
                      deringing filter

                 tn/tmpnoise[:threshold1[:threshold2[:threshold3]]]
                      temporal noise reducer
                         <threshold1>: larger -> stronger filtering
                         <threshold2>: larger -> stronger filtering
                         <threshold3>: larger -> stronger filtering

                 al/autolevels[:f/fullyrange]
                      automatic brightness / contrast correction
                         f/fullyrange: Stretch luminance to (0-255).

                 lb/linblenddeint
                      Linear blend deinterlacing filter that  deinterlaces  the  given  block  by
                      filtering all lines with a (1 2 1) filter.

                 li/linipoldeint
                      Linear interpolating deinterlacing filter that deinterlaces the given block
                      by linearly interpolating every second line.

                 ci/cubicipoldeint
                      Cubic interpolating deinterlacing filter deinterlaces the  given  block  by
                      cubically interpolating every second line.

                 md/mediandeint
                      Median deinterlacing filter that deinterlaces the given block by applying a
                      median filter to every second line.

                 fd/ffmpegdeint
                      FFmpeg deinterlacing filter that deinterlaces the given block by  filtering
                      every second line with a (-1 4 2 4 -1) filter.

                 l5/lowpass5
                      Vertically  applied  FIR lowpass deinterlacing filter that deinterlaces the
                      given block by filtering all lines with a (-1 2 6 2 -1) filter.

                 fq/forceQuant[:quantizer]
                      Overrides the quantizer table from the input with  the  constant  quantizer
                      you specify.
                         <quantizer>: quantizer to use

                 de/default
                      default pp filter combination (hb:a,vb:a,dr:a)

                 fa/fast
                      fast pp filter combination (h1:a,v1:a,dr:a)

                 ac
                      high quality pp filter combination (ha:a:128:7,va:a,dr:a)

              EXAMPLE:
                 -vf pp=hb/vb/dr/al
                      horizontal  and  vertical  deblocking,  deringing and automatic brightness/
                      contrast
                 -vf pp=de/-al
                      default filters without brightness/contrast correction
                 -vf pp=default/tmpnoise:1:2:3
                      Enable default filters & temporal denoiser.
                 -vf pp=hb:y/vb:a
                      Horizontal deblocking on luminance only, and switch vertical deblocking  on
                      or off automatically depending on available CPU time.

       spp[=quality[:qp[:mode]]]
              Simple  postprocessing filter that compresses and decompresses the image at several
              (or - in the case of quality level 6 - all) shifts and averages the results.

                 <quality>
                      0-6 (default: 3)

                 <qp>
                      Force quantization parameter (default: 0, use QP from video).

                 <mode>
                      0: hard thresholding (default)
                      1: soft thresholding (better deringing, but blurrier)
                      4: like 0, but also use B-frames' QP (may cause flicker)
                      5: like 1, but also use B-frames' QP (may cause flicker)

       uspp[=quality[:qp]]
              Ultra simple & slow postprocessing filter  that  compresses  and  decompresses  the
              image  at  several  (or - in the case of quality level 8 - all) shifts and averages
              the results.  The way this differs from the behavior of spp is that  uspp  actually
              encodes  &  decodes  each  case with libavcodec Snow, whereas spp uses a simplified
              intra only 8x8 DCT similar to MJPEG.

                 <quality>
                      0-8 (default: 3)

                 <qp>
                      Force quantization parameter (default: 0, use QP from video).

       fspp[=quality[:qp[:strength[:bframes]]]]
              faster version of the simple postprocessing filter

                 <quality>
                      4-5 (equivalent to spp; default: 4)

                 <qp>
                      Force quantization parameter (default: 0, use QP from video).

                 <-15-32>
                      Filter strength, lower values mean more details but  also  more  artifacts,
                      while higher values make the image smoother but also blurrier (default: 0 -
                      PSNR optimal).

                 <bframes>
                      0: do not use QP from B-frames (default)
                      1: use QP from B-frames too (may cause flicker)

       pp7[=qp[:mode]]
              Variant of the spp filter, similar to spp=6 with 7 point DCT where only the  center
              sample is used after IDCT.

                 <qp>
                      Force quantization parameter (default: 0, use QP from video).

                 <mode>
                      0: hard thresholding
                      1: soft thresholding (better deringing, but blurrier)
                      2: medium thresholding (default, good results)

       qp=equation
              quantization parameter (QP) change filter

                 <equation>
                      some equation like "2+2*sin(PI*qp)"

       geq=equation
              generic equation change filter

                 <equation>
                      Some  equation,  e.g.  'p(W-X\,Y)' to flip the image horizontally.  You can
                      use whitespace to make the equation more readable.  There are a  couple  of
                      constants that can be used in the equation:
                         PI: the number pi
                         E: the number e
                         X / Y: the coordinates of the current sample
                         W / H: width and height of the image
                         SW  /  SH: width/height scale depending on the currently filtered plane,
                         e.g. 1,1 and 0.5,0.5 for YUV 4:2:0.
                         p(x,y): returns the value of the pixel at location x/y  of  the  current
                         plane.

       test
              Generate various test patterns.

       rgbtest[=width:height]
              Generate  an  RGB  test pattern useful for detecting RGB vs BGR issues.  You should
              see a red, green and blue stripe from top to bottom.

                 <width>
                      Desired width of generated image (default: 0).   0  means  width  of  input
                      image.

                 <height>
                      Desired  height  of  generated image (default: 0).  0 means height of input
                      image.

       lavc[=quality:fps]
              Fast software YV12 to MPEG-1 conversion with libavcodec for use with DVB/DXR3/IVTV/
              V4L2.

                 <quality>
                      1-31: fixed qscale
                      32-:  fixed bitrate in kbits

                 <fps>
                      force output fps (float value) (default: 0, autodetect based on height)

       dvbscale[=aspect]
              Set  up  optimal  scaling  for  DVB  cards,  scaling  the  x  axis  in hardware and
              calculating the y axis scaling in software to keep aspect.   Only  useful  together
              with expand and scale.

                 <aspect>
                      Control   aspect   ratio,  calculate  as  DVB_HEIGHT*ASPECTRATIO  (default:
                      576*4/3=768), set it to 576*(16/9)=1024 for a 16:9 TV.

              EXAMPLE:
                 -vf dvbscale,scale=-1:0,expand=-1:576:-1:-1:1,lavc
                      FIXME: Explain what this does.

       noise[=luma[u][t|a][h][p]:chroma[u][t|a][h][p]]
              Adds noise.
                 <0-100>
                      luma noise
                 <0-100>
                      chroma noise
                 u    uniform noise (gaussian otherwise)
                 t    temporal noise (noise pattern changes between frames)
                 a    averaged temporal noise (smoother, but a lot slower)
                 h    high quality (slightly better looking, slightly slower)
                 p    mix random noise with a (semi)regular pattern

       denoise3d[=luma_spatial:chroma_spatial:luma_tmp:chroma_tmp]
              This filter aims to reduce image noise producing smooth  images  and  making  still
              images really still (This should enhance compressibility.).
                 <luma_spatial>
                      spatial luma strength (default: 4)
                 <chroma_spatial>
                      spatial chroma strength (default: 3)
                 <luma_tmp>
                      luma temporal strength (default: 6)
                 <chroma_tmp>
                      chroma temporal strength (default: luma_tmp*chroma_spatial/luma_spatial)

       hqdn3d[=luma_spatial:chroma_spatial:luma_tmp:chroma_tmp]
              High  precision/quality  version of the denoise3d filter.  Parameters and usage are
              the same.

       ow[=depth[:luma_strength[:chroma_strength]]]
              Overcomplete Wavelet denoiser.
                 <depth>
                      Larger depth values will denoise lower frequency components more, but  slow
                      down filtering (default: 8).
                 <luma_strength>
                      luma strength (default: 1.0)
                 <chroma_strength>
                      chroma strength (default: 1.0)

       eq[=brightness:contrast] (OBSOLETE)
              Software  equalizer with interactive controls just like the hardware equalizer, for
              cards/drivers that do not support brightness and  contrast  controls  in  hardware.
              Might  also  be  useful with MEncoder, either for fixing poorly captured movies, or
              for slightly reducing contrast to mask artifacts and get by with lower bitrates.
                 <-100-100>
                      initial brightness
                 <-100-100>
                      initial contrast

       eq2[=gamma:contrast:brightness:saturation:rg:gg:bg:weight]
              Alternative software equalizer that uses lookup tables (very slow), allowing  gamma
              correction  in addition to simple brightness and contrast adjustment.  Note that it
              uses the same MMX optimized code as -vf eq  if  all  gamma  values  are  1.0.   The
              parameters are given as floating point values.
                 <0.1-10>
                      initial gamma value (default: 1.0)
                 <-2-2>
                      initial  contrast,  where  negative  values  result  in  a  negative  image
                      (default: 1.0)
                 <-1-1>
                      initial brightness (default: 0.0)
                 <0-3>
                      initial saturation (default: 1.0)
                 <0.1-10>
                      gamma value for the red component (default: 1.0)
                 <0.1-10>
                      gamma value for the green component (default: 1.0)
                 <0.1-10>
                      gamma value for the blue component (default: 1.0)
                 <0-1>
                      The weight parameter can be used to reduce the effect of a high gamma value
                      on  bright  image areas, e.g. keep them from getting overamplified and just
                      plain white.  A value of 0.0 turns the gamma correction all  the  way  down
                      while 1.0 leaves it at its full strength (default: 1.0).

       hue[=hue:saturation]
              Software  equalizer with interactive controls just like the hardware equalizer, for
              cards/drivers that do not support hue and saturation controls in hardware.
                 <-180-180>
                      initial hue (default: 0.0)
                 <-100-100>
                      initial saturation, where negative  values  result  in  a  negative  chroma
                      (default: 1.0)

       halfpack[=f]
              Convert planar YUV 4:2:0 to half-height packed 4:2:2, downsampling luma but keeping
              all chroma samples.  Useful for  output  to  low-resolution  display  devices  when
              hardware  downscaling  is  poor quality or is not available.  Can also be used as a
              primitive luma-only deinterlacer with very low CPU usage.
                 <f>
                      By default, halfpack averages pairs of lines when downsampling.  Any  value
                      different from 0 or 1 gives the default (averaging) behavior.
                         0: Only use even lines when downsampling.
                         1: Only use odd lines when downsampling.

       ilpack[=mode]
              When  interlaced  video is stored in YUV 4:2:0 formats, chroma interlacing does not
              line up properly due to vertical downsampling of the chroma channels.  This  filter
              packs the planar 4:2:0 data into YUY2 (4:2:2) format with the chroma lines in their
              proper locations, so that in any given scanline, the luma and chroma data both come
              from the same field.
                 <mode>
                      Select the sampling mode.
                         0: nearest-neighbor sampling, fast but incorrect
                         1: linear interpolation (default)

       harddup
              Only  useful  with  MEncoder.   If  harddup  is  used  when encoding, it will force
              duplicate frames to be encoded in the output.  This uses slightly more  space,  but
              is  necessary  for output to MPEG files or if you plan to demux and remux the video
              stream after encoding.  Should be placed at or near the end  of  the  filter  chain
              unless you have a good reason to do otherwise.

       softskip
              Only  useful  with  MEncoder.  Softskip moves the frame skipping (dropping) step of
              encoding from before the filter chain to some point during the filter chain.   This
              allows  filters which need to see all frames (inverse telecine, temporal denoising,
              etc.) to function properly.  Should be placed after the filters which need  to  see
              all frames and before any subsequent filters that are CPU-intensive.

       decimate[=max:hi:lo:frac]
              Drops  frames that do not differ greatly from the previous frame in order to reduce
              framerate.  The main use of this filter  is  for  very-low-bitrate  encoding  (e.g.
              streaming over dialup modem), but it could in theory be used for fixing movies that
              were inverse-telecined incorrectly.
                 <max>
                      Sets the maximum number of consecutive frames  which  can  be  dropped  (if
                      positive), or the minimum interval between dropped frames (if negative).
                 <hi>,<lo>,<frac>
                      A frame is a candidate for dropping if no 8x8 region differs by more than a
                      threshold of <hi>, and if not more than <frac> portion (1 meaning the whole
                      image)  differs  by more than a threshold of <lo>.  Values of <hi> and <lo>
                      are for 8x8 pixel blocks and represent actual pixel value differences, so a
                      threshold  of 64 corresponds to 1 unit of difference for each pixel, or the
                      same spread out differently over the block.

       dint[=sense:level]
              The drop-deinterlace (dint) filter detects and  drops  the  first  from  a  set  of
              interlaced video frames.
                 <0.0-1.0>
                      relative difference between neighboring pixels (default: 0.1)
                 <0.0-1.0>
                      What  part  of the image has to be detected as interlaced to drop the frame
                      (default: 0.15).

       lavcdeint (OBSOLETE)
              FFmpeg deinterlacing filter, same as -vf pp=fd

       lavfi=filtergraph
              FFmpeg libavfilter wrapper.  filtergraph defines a whole libavfilter graph with one
              input and one output.  See http://www.ffmpeg.org/libavfilter.html#SEC4 for details.

              As  a  special case, if filtergraph is $word then the value of the word environment
              variable is used; this is necessary if commas are present in the graph description,
              as mplayer uses them as a delimiter between filters.

              NOTE:  This filter is considered experimental, it may interact strangely with other
              filters.

              EXAMPLE:
              overlay="movie=$small_video, scale=160:120 [ca]; [in]  [ca]  overlay=16:8"  mplayer
              -vf lavfi='$overlay' $big_video

       kerndeint[=thresh[:map[:order[:sharp[:twoway]]]]]
              Donald  Graft's  adaptive  kernel deinterlacer.  Deinterlaces parts of a video if a
              configurable threshold is exceeded.
                 <0-255>
                      threshold (default: 10)
                 <map>
                         0: Ignore pixels exceeding the threshold (default).
                         1: Paint pixels exceeding the threshold white.

                 <order>
                         0: Leave fields alone (default).
                         1: Swap fields.

                 <sharp>
                         0: Disable additional sharpening (default).
                         1: Enable additional sharpening.

                 <twoway>
                         0: Disable twoway sharpening (default).
                         1: Enable twoway sharpening.

       unsharp[=l|cWxH:amount[:l|cWxH:amount]]
              unsharp mask / gaussian blur

                 l
                      Apply effect on luma component.

                 c
                      Apply effect on chroma components.

                 <width>x<height>
                      width and height of the matrix, odd sized in both directions  (min  =  3x3,
                      max = 13x11 or 11x13, usually something between 3x3 and 7x7)

                 amount
                      Relative  amount of sharpness/blur to add to the image (a sane range should
                      be -1.5-1.5).
                         <0: blur
                         >0: sharpen

       swapuv
              Swap U & V plane.

       il[=d|i][s][:[d|i][s]]
              (De)interleaves lines.  The goal of this filter is to add the  ability  to  process
              interlaced  images  pre-field  without  deinterlacing  them.   You  can filter your
              interlaced DVD and play it  on  a  TV  without  breaking  the  interlacing.   While
              deinterlacing  (with the postprocessing filter) removes interlacing permanently (by
              smoothing, averaging, etc) deinterleaving splits the frame into 2 fields (so called
              half  pictures),  so  you  can  process  (filter)  them  independently and then re-
              interleave them.
                 d    deinterleave (placing one above the other)
                 i    interleave
                 s    swap fields (exchange even & odd lines)

       fil[=i|d]
              (De)interleaves lines.  This filter is very similar  to  the  il  filter  but  much
              faster,  the  main  disadvantage  is  that  it does not always work.  Especially if
              combined with other filters it may produce randomly messed up images, so  be  happy
              if it works but do not complain if it does not for your combination of filters.
                 d    Deinterleave fields, placing them side by side.
                 i    Interleave fields again (reversing the effect of fil=d).

       field[=n]
              Extracts  a  single field from an interlaced image using stride arithmetic to avoid
              wasting CPU time.  The optional argument n specifies whether to extract the even or
              the odd field (depending on whether n is even or odd).

       detc[=var1=value1:var2=value2:...]
              Attempts  to  reverse  the  'telecine'  process  to recover a clean, non-interlaced
              stream at film framerate.  This was the first and most primitive  inverse  telecine
              filter to be added to MPlayer/MEncoder.  It works by latching onto the telecine 3:2
              pattern and following  it  as  long  as  possible.   This  makes  it  suitable  for
              perfectly-telecined  material,  even in the presence of a fair degree of noise, but
              it will fail in the presence of complex post-telecine edits.  Development  on  this
              filter is no longer taking place, as ivtc, pullup, and filmdint are better for most
              applications.  The following arguments (see syntax above) may be  used  to  control
              detc's behavior:

                 <dr>
                      Set the frame dropping mode.
                         0: Do not drop frames to maintain fixed output framerate (default).
                         1:  Always drop a frame when there have been no drops or telecine merges
                         in the past 5 frames.
                         2: Always maintain exact 5:4 input to output frame ratio.
                         NOTE: Use mode 1 or 2 with MEncoder.

                 <am>
                      Analysis mode.
                         0: Fixed pattern with initial frame number specified by <fr>.
                         1: aggressive search for telecine pattern (default)

                 <fr>
                      Set initial frame number in sequence.  0-2 are the three clean  progressive
                      frames; 3 and 4 are the two interlaced frames.  The default, -1, means 'not
                      in telecine sequence'.  The number specified  here  is  the  type  for  the
                      imaginary previous frame before the movie starts.

                 <t0>, <t1>, <t2>, <t3>
                      Threshold values to be used in certain modes.

       ivtc[=1]
              Experimental 'stateless' inverse telecine filter.  Rather than trying to lock on to
              a pattern like the detc filter does, ivtc makes  its  decisions  independently  for
              each  frame.   This  will  give much better results for material that has undergone
              heavy editing after telecine was applied, but as a result it is not as forgiving of
              noisy  input,  for example TV capture.  The optional parameter (ivtc=1) corresponds
              to the dr=1 option for the detc filter, and should be used with  MEncoder  but  not
              with  MPlayer.   As with detc, you must specify the correct output framerate (-ofps
              24000/1001) when using MEncoder.  Further development on ivtc has stopped,  as  the
              pullup and filmdint filters appear to be much more accurate.

       pullup[=jl:jr:jt:jb:sb:mp]
              Third-generation  pulldown  reversal (inverse telecine) filter, capable of handling
              mixed hard-telecine, 24000/1001 fps progressive,  and  30000/1001  fps  progressive
              content.   The  pullup filter is designed to be much more robust than detc or ivtc,
              by taking advantage of future context in making its decisions.  Like  ivtc,  pullup
              is  stateless  in  the sense that it does not lock onto a pattern to follow, but it
              instead looks forward to the following fields in  order  to  identify  matches  and
              rebuild  progressive  frames.   It  is  still under development, but believed to be
              quite accurate.

                 jl, jr, jt, and jb
                      These options set the amount of "junk" to ignore at the left,  right,  top,
                      and  bottom  of  the  image,  respectively.   Left/right  are in units of 8
                      pixels, while top/bottom are in units of 2 lines.  The default is 8  pixels
                      on each side.

                 sb (strict breaks)
                      Setting  this  option  to 1 will reduce the chances of pullup generating an
                      occasional mismatched frame, but it may also cause an excessive  number  of
                      frames  to be dropped during high motion sequences.  Conversely, setting it
                      to -1 will make pullup match fields more easily.  This may help  processing
                      of  video  where  there is slight blurring between the fields, but may also
                      cause there to be interlaced frames in the output.

                 mp (metric plane)
                      This option may be set to 1 or 2 to use a chroma plane instead of the  luma
                      plane  for  doing pullup's computations.  This may improve accuracy on very
                      clean source material, but more likely will decrease  accuracy,  especially
                      if there is chroma noise (rainbow effect) or any grayscale video.  The main
                      purpose of setting mp to a chroma plane is to  reduce  CPU  load  and  make
                      pullup usable in realtime on slow machines.

              NOTE:  Always  follow  pullup with the softskip filter when encoding to ensure that
              pullup is able to see each frame.  Failure to do so will lead to  incorrect  output
              and will usually crash, due to design limitations in the codec/filter layer.

       filmdint[=options]
              Inverse  telecine  filter,  similar  to the pullup filter above.  It is designed to
              handle any pulldown pattern, including mixed soft and  hard  telecine  and  limited
              support  for  movies  that are slowed down or sped up from their original framerate
              for TV.  Only the luma plane is used to find the frame breaks.  If a field  has  no
              match,  it  is  deinterlaced  with  simple  linear approximation.  If the source is
              MPEG-2, this must be the first filter to allow access to the field-flags set by the
              MPEG-2  decoder.   Depending  on  the  source  MPEG,  you may be fine ignoring this
              advice, as long as you do not see lots of "Bottom-first field" warnings.   With  no
              options  it does normal inverse telecine, and should be used together with mencoder
              -fps 30000/1001 -ofps 24000/1001.  When this filter is used with MPlayer,  it  will
              result  in  an  uneven  framerate during playback, but it is still generally better
              than using pp=lb or no deinterlacing at all.  Multiple  options  can  be  specified
              separated by /.

                 crop=<w>:<h>:<x>:<y>
                      Just  like  the  crop  filter, but faster, and works on mixed hard and soft
                      telecined content as well as when y is not a multiple of  4.   If  x  or  y
                      would  require  cropping fractional pixels from the chroma planes, the crop
                      area is extended.  This usually means that x and y must be even.

                 io=<ifps>:<ofps>
                      For each ifps input frames the filter will output ofps frames.   The  ratio
                      of  ifps/ofps  should  match  the  -fps/-ofps ratio.  This could be used to
                      filter movies that are broadcast on TV at a frame rate different from their
                      original framerate.

                 luma_only=<n>
                      If  n is nonzero, the chroma plane is copied unchanged.  This is useful for
                      YV12 sampled TV, which discards one of the chroma fields.

                 mmx2=<n>
                      On x86, if n=1, use MMX2 optimized functions, if n=2, use 3DNow!  optimized
                      functions,  otherwise,  use plain C.  If this option is not specified, MMX2
                      and 3DNow! are auto-detected, use this option to override auto-detection.

                 fast=<n>
                      The larger n will speed up the filter at  the  expense  of  accuracy.   The
                      default  value  is n=3.  If n is odd, a frame immediately following a frame
                      marked with the REPEAT_FIRST_FIELD MPEG flag is assumed to be  progressive,
                      thus filter will not spend any time on soft-telecined MPEG-2 content.  This
                      is the only effect of this flag if MMX2 or 3DNow!  is  available.   Without
                      MMX2 and 3DNow, if n=0 or 1, the same calculations will be used as with n=2
                      or 3.  If n=2 or 3, the number of luma levels used to find the frame breaks
                      is reduced from 256 to 128, which results in a faster filter without losing
                      much accuracy.  If n=4 or 5, a faster, but much less accurate  metric  will
                      be  used  to  find the frame breaks, which is more likely to misdetect high
                      vertical detail as interlaced content.

                 verbose=<n>
                      If n is nonzero, print the detailed metrics for  each  frame.   Useful  for
                      debugging.

                 dint_thres=<n>
                      Deinterlace  threshold.   Used  during  de-interlacing of unmatched frames.
                      Larger value means less deinterlacing, use n=256  to  completely  turn  off
                      deinterlacing.  Default is n=8.

                 comb_thres=<n>
                      Threshold for comparing a top and bottom fields.  Defaults to 128.

                 diff_thres=<n>
                      Threshold to detect temporal change of a field.  Default is 128.

                 sad_thres=<n>
                      Sum of Absolute Difference threshold, default is 64.

       softpulldown
              This  filter works only correct with MEncoder and acts on the MPEG-2 flags used for
              soft 3:2 pulldown (soft telecine).  If you want to use the ivtc or detc  filter  on
              movies  that  are  partly  soft telecined, inserting this filter before them should
              make them more reliable.

       divtc[=options]
              Inverse telecine for deinterlaced video.  If 3:2-pulldown telecined video has  lost
              one  of  the  fields  or  is  deinterlaced  using a method that keeps one field and
              interpolates the other, the result is a juddering video that has every fourth frame
              duplicated.   This filter is intended to find and drop those duplicates and restore
              the original film framerate.  When using this filter, you must specify  -ofps  that
              is  4/5  of  the  fps  of the input file and place the softskip later in the filter
              chain to make sure that divtc  sees  all  the  frames.   Two  different  modes  are
              available:  One pass mode is the default and is straightforward to use, but has the
              disadvantage that any changes in the telecine phase  (lost  frames  or  bad  edits)
              cause  momentary  judder  until  the filter can resync again.  Two pass mode avoids
              this by analyzing the whole video beforehand so  it  will  have  forward  knowledge
              about  the  phase  changes  and  can resync at the exact spot.  These passes do not
              correspond to pass one and two of the encoding process.  You must run an extra pass
              using  divtc pass one before the actual encoding throwing the resulting video away.
              Use -nosound -ovc raw -o /dev/null to avoid wasting CPU power for this  pass.   You
              may add something like crop=2:2:0:0 after divtc to speed things up even more.  Then
              use divtc pass two for the actual encoding.  If you use  multiple  encoder  passes,
              use divtc pass two for all of them.  The options are:

                 pass=1|2
                      Use two pass mode.

                 file=<filename>
                      Set the two pass log filename (default: "framediff.log").

                 threshold=<value>
                      Set  the  minimum strength the telecine pattern must have for the filter to
                      believe in it (default: 0.5).  This is  used  to  avoid  recognizing  false
                      pattern from the parts of the video that are very dark or very still.

                 window=<numframes>
                      Set  the  number  of  past  frames  to  look  at when searching for pattern
                      (default: 30).  Longer window  improves  the  reliability  of  the  pattern
                      search, but shorter window improves the reaction time to the changes in the
                      telecine phase.  This only affects the one pass mode.  The  two  pass  mode
                      currently uses fixed window that extends to both future and past.

                 phase=0|1|2|3|4
                      Sets  the  initial  telecine phase for one pass mode (default: 0).  The two
                      pass mode can see the future, so it is able to use the correct  phase  from
                      the  beginning,  but  one pass mode can only guess.  It catches the correct
                      phase when it finds it, but this option can be used  to  fix  the  possible
                      juddering  at the beginning.  The first pass of the two pass mode also uses
                      this, so if you save the output from the first pass, you get constant phase
                      result.

                 deghost=<value>
                      Set  the  deghosting  threshold  (0-255 for one pass mode, -255-255 for two
                      pass mode, default 0).  If nonzero, deghosting mode is used.  This  is  for
                      video that has been deinterlaced by blending the fields together instead of
                      dropping one of the fields.  Deghosting amplifies any compression artifacts
                      in  the  blended  frames,  so the parameter value is used as a threshold to
                      exclude those pixels from deghosting that differ from  the  previous  frame
                      less  than  specified value.  If two pass mode is used, then negative value
                      can be used to make the filter analyze the whole video in the beginning  of
                      pass-2  to  determine  whether  it  needs deghosting or not and then select
                      either zero or the absolute value of the parameter.   Specify  this  option
                      for pass-2, it makes no difference on pass-1.

       phase[=t|b|p|a|u|T|B|A|U][:v]
              Delay  interlaced  video  by  one  field time so that the field order changes.  The
              intended use is to fix PAL movies that have been captured with the  opposite  field
              order to the film-to-video transfer.  The options are:

                 t    Capture  field  order  top-first, transfer bottom-first.  Filter will delay
                      the bottom field.

                 b    Capture bottom-first, transfer top-first.  Filter will delay the top field.

                 p    Capture and transfer with the same field order.  This mode only exists  for
                      the  documentation  of  the  other options to refer to, but if you actually
                      select it, the filter will faithfully do nothing ;-)

                 a    Capture field order  determined  automatically  by  field  flags,  transfer
                      opposite.   Filter  selects  among  t and b modes on a frame by frame basis
                      using field flags.  If no field information is available, then  this  works
                      just like u.

                 u    Capture  unknown or varying, transfer opposite.  Filter selects among t and
                      b on a frame by frame basis by  analyzing  the  images  and  selecting  the
                      alternative that produces best match between the fields.

                 T    Capture top-first, transfer unknown or varying.  Filter selects among t and
                      p using image analysis.

                 B    Capture bottom-first, transfer unknown or varying.  Filter selects among  b
                      and p using image analysis.

                 A    Capture  determined  by  field  flags, transfer unknown or varying.  Filter
                      selects among t, b and p using field flags and image analysis.  If no field
                      information is available, then this works just like U.  This is the default
                      mode.

                 U    Both capture and transfer unknown or varying.  Filter selects  among  t,  b
                      and p using image analysis only.

                 v    Verbose operation.  Prints the selected mode for each frame and the average
                      squared difference between fields for t, b, and p alternatives.

       telecine[=start]
              Apply 3:2 'telecine' process to increase framerate by 20%.  This most  likely  will
              not  work correctly with MPlayer, but it can be used with 'mencoder -fps 30000/1001
              -ofps 30000/1001 -vf telecine'.  Both fps options are essential!   (A/V  sync  will
              break  if  they are wrong.)  The optional start parameter tells the filter where in
              the telecine pattern to start (0-3).

       tinterlace[=mode]
              Temporal field interlacing - merge  pairs  of  frames  into  an  interlaced  frame,
              halving  the  framerate.  Even frames are moved into the upper field, odd frames to
              the lower field.  This can be used to fully  reverse  the  effect  of  the  tfields
              filter (in mode 0).  Available modes are:
                 0    Move odd frames into the upper field, even into the lower field, generating
                      a full-height frame at half framerate.
                 1    Only output odd frames, even frames are dropped; height unchanged.
                 2    Only output even frames, odd frames are dropped; height unchanged.
                 3    Expand each frame to full height,  but  pad  alternate  lines  with  black;
                      framerate unchanged.
                 4    Interleave  even  lines  from  even  frames with odd lines from odd frames.
                      Height unchanged at half framerate.

       tfields[=mode[:field_dominance]]
              Temporal  field  separation  -  split  fields  into  frames,  doubling  the  output
              framerate.   Like  the  telecine  filter,  tfields  might not work completely right
              unless used with MEncoder and both -fps and  -ofps  set  to  the  desired  (double)
              framerate!
                 <mode>
                      0: Leave fields unchanged (will jump/flicker).
                      1: Interpolate missing lines. (The algorithm used might not be so good.)
                      2: Translate fields by 1/4 pixel with linear interpolation (no jump).
                      4:  Translate  fields  by  1/4  pixel  with  4tap  filter  (higher quality)
                      (default).
                 <field_dominance> (DEPRECATED)
                      -1: auto (default) Only  works  if  the  decoder  exports  the  appropriate
                      information and no other filters which discard that information come before
                      tfields in the filter chain, otherwise  it  falls  back  to  0  (top  field
                      first).
                      0: top field first
                      1: bottom field first
                      NOTE:  This  option  will  possibly  be  removed  in a future version.  Use
                      -field-dominance instead.

       yadif=[mode[:field_dominance]]
              Yet another deinterlacing filter
                 <mode>
                      0: Output 1 frame for each frame.
                      1: Output 1 frame for each field.
                      2: Like 0 but skips spatial interlacing check.
                      3: Like 1 but skips spatial interlacing check.
                 <field_dominance> (DEPRECATED)
                      Operates like tfields.
                      NOTE: This option will possibly  be  removed  in  a  future  version.   Use
                      -field-dominance instead.

       mcdeint=[mode[:parity[:qp]]]
              Motion  compensating  deinterlacer.  It needs one field per frame as input and must
              thus be used together with tfields=1 or yadif=1/3 or equivalent.
                 <mode>
                      0: fast
                      1: medium
                      2: slow, iterative motion estimation
                      3: extra slow, like 2 plus multiple reference frames
                 <parity>
                      0 or 1 selects which field to use (note: no autodetection yet!).
                 <qp>
                      Higher values should result in a smoother  motion  vector  field  but  less
                      optimal individual vectors.

       boxblur=radius:power[:radius:power]
              box blur
                 <radius>
                      blur filter strength
                 <power>
                      number of filter applications

       sab=radius:pf:colorDiff[:radius:pf:colorDiff]
              shape adaptive blur
                 <radius>
                      blur filter strength (~0.1-4.0) (slower if larger)
                 <pf>
                      prefilter strength (~0.1-2.0)
                 <colorDiff>
                      maximum difference between pixels to still be considered (~0.1-100.0)

       smartblur=radius:strength:threshold[:radius:strength:threshold]
              smart blur
                 <radius>
                      blur filter strength (~0.1-5.0) (slower if larger)
                 <strength>
                      blur (0.0-1.0) or sharpen (-1.0-0.0)
                 <threshold>
                      filter all (0), filter flat areas (0-30) or filter edges (-30-0)

       perspective=x0:y0:x1:y1:x2:y2:x3:y3:t
              Correct the perspective of movies not filmed perpendicular to the screen.
                 <x0>,<y0>,...
                      coordinates of the top left, top right, bottom left, bottom right corners
                 <t>
                      linear (0) or cubic resampling (1)

       2xsai
              Scale and smooth the image with the 2x scale and interpolate algorithm.

       1bpp
              1bpp bitmap to YUV/BGR 8/15/16/32 conversion

       down3dright[=lines]
              Reposition  and resize stereoscopic images.  Extracts both stereo fields and places
              them side by side, resizing them to maintain the original movie aspect.
                 <lines>
                      number of lines to select from the middle of the image (default: 12)

       bmovl=hidden:opaque:fifo
              The bitmap overlay filter reads bitmaps from a FIFO and displays them on top of the
              movie, allowing some transformations on the image.  Also see TOOLS/bmovl-test.c for
              a small bmovl test program.
                 <hidden>
                      Set the default value of the 'hidden' flag (0=visible, 1=hidden).
                 <opaque>
                      Set the default value of the 'opaque' flag (0=transparent, 1=opaque).
                 <fifo>
                      path/filename for the FIFO (named pipe connecting 'mplayer  -vf  bmovl'  to
                      the controlling application)

              FIFO commands are:
                 RGBA32 width height xpos ypos alpha clear
                      followed by width*height*4 Bytes of raw RGBA32 data.
                 ABGR32 width height xpos ypos alpha clear
                      followed by width*height*4 Bytes of raw ABGR32 data.
                 RGB24 width height xpos ypos alpha clear
                      followed by width*height*3 Bytes of raw RGB24 data.
                 BGR24 width height xpos ypos alpha clear
                      followed by width*height*3 Bytes of raw BGR24 data.
                 ALPHA width height xpos ypos alpha
                      Change alpha transparency of the specified area.
                 CLEAR width height xpos ypos
                      Clear area.
                 OPAQUE
                      Disable all alpha transparency.  Send "ALPHA 0 0 0 0 0" to enable it again.
                 HIDE
                      Hide bitmap.
                 SHOW
                      Show bitmap.

              Arguments are:
                 <width>, <height>
                      image/area size
                 <xpos>, <ypos>
                      Start blitting at position x/y.
                 <alpha>
                      Set alpha difference.  If you set this to -255 you can then send a sequence
                      of ALPHA-commands to set the area to -225, -200, -175 etc for a nice  fade-
                      in-effect! ;)
                         0:    same as original
                         255:  Make everything opaque.
                         -255: Make everything transparent.

                 <clear>
                      Clear the framebuffer before blitting.
                         0:  The  image will just be blitted on top of the old one, so you do not
                         need to send 1.8MB of RGBA32 data every time a small part of the  screen
                         is updated.
                         1: clear

       framestep=I|[i]step
              Renders only every nth frame or every intra frame (keyframe).

              If you call the filter with I (uppercase) as the parameter, then only keyframes are
              rendered.  For DVDs it generally means one in every 15/12 frames (IBBPBBPBBPBBPBB),
              for  AVI  it  means every scene change or every keyint value (see -lavcopts keyint=
              value if you use MEncoder to encode the video).

              When a keyframe is found, an  'I!'  string  followed  by  a  newline  character  is
              printed, leaving the current line of MPlayer/MEncoder output on the screen, because
              it contains the time (in seconds) and frame number of the  keyframe  (You  can  use
              this information to split the AVI.).

              If  you  call  the  filter  with  a numeric parameter 'step' then only one in every
              'step' frames is rendered.

              If you put an 'i' (lowercase) before the number then an 'I!' is printed (like the I
              parameter).

              If you give only the i then nothing is done to the frames, only I! is printed.

       tile=xtiles:ytiles:output:start:delta
              Tile  a  series  of images into a single, bigger image.  If you omit a parameter or
              use a value less than 0, then the default value is used.  You can  also  stop  when
              you  are  satisfied (... -vf tile=10:5 ...).  It is probably a good idea to put the
              scale filter before the tile :-)

              The parameters are:

                 <xtiles>
                      number of tiles on the x axis (default: 5)
                 <ytiles>
                      number of tiles on the y axis (default: 5)
                 <output>
                      Render the tile when 'output' number of frames are reached, where  'output'
                      should  be a number less than xtile * ytile.  Missing tiles are left blank.
                      You could, for example, write an 8 * 7 tile every 50  frames  to  have  one
                      image every 2 seconds @ 25 fps.
                 <start>
                      outer border thickness in pixels (default: 2)
                 <delta>
                      inner border thickness in pixels (default: 4)

       delogo[=x:y:w:h:t]
              Suppresses  a  TV station logo by a simple interpolation of the surrounding pixels.
              Just set a rectangle covering the  logo  and  watch  it  disappear  (and  sometimes
              something even uglier appear - your mileage may vary).
                 <x>,<y>
                      top left corner of the logo
                 <w>,<h>
                      width and height of the cleared rectangle
                 <t>  Thickness  of the fuzzy edge of the rectangle (added to w and h).  When set
                      to -1, a green rectangle is drawn on the screen  to  simplify  finding  the
                      right x,y,w,h parameters.
                 file=<file>
                      You  can  specify a text file to load the coordinates from.  Each line must
                      have a timestamp (in seconds, and in ascending order) and  the  "x:y:w:h:t"
                      coordinates (t can be omitted).

       remove-logo=/path/to/logo_bitmap_file_name.pgm
              Suppresses  a  TV  station  logo,  using a PGM or PPM image file to determine which
              pixels comprise the logo.  The width and height of the image file must match  those
              of  the  video  stream  being processed.  Uses the filter image and a circular blur
              algorithm to remove the logo.

                 /path/to/logo_bitmap_file_name.pgm
                      [path] + filename of the filter image.

       zrmjpeg[=options]
              Software YV12 to MJPEG encoder for use with the zr2 video output device.

                 maxheight=<h>|maxwidth=<w>
                      These options set the maximum width and height the zr card can handle  (the
                      MPlayer filter layer currently cannot query those).

                 {dc10+,dc10,buz,lml33}-{PAL|NTSC}
                      Use these options to set maxwidth and maxheight automatically to the values
                      known for card/mode combo.  For example, valid options  are:  dc10-PAL  and
                      buz-NTSC (default: dc10+PAL)

                 color|bw
                      Select  color  or  black  and  white encoding.  Black and white encoding is
                      faster.  Color is the default.

                 hdec={1,2,4}
                      Horizontal decimation 1, 2 or 4.

                 vdec={1,2,4}
                      Vertical decimation 1, 2 or 4.

                 quality=1-20
                      Set JPEG compression quality [BEST] 1 - 20 [VERY BAD].

                 fd|nofd
                      By default, decimation is only performed if the Zoran hardware can  upscale
                      the  resulting  MJPEG images to the original size.  The option fd instructs
                      the filter to always perform the requested decimation (ugly).

       screenshot
              Allows acquiring screenshots of the movie using slave mode  commands  that  can  be
              bound  to keypresses.  See the slave mode documentation and the INTERACTIVE CONTROL
              section for details.  Files named 'shotNNNN.png'  will  be  saved  in  the  working
              directory,  using  the  first available number - no files will be overwritten.  The
              filter has no overhead when not used and accepts an arbitrary colorspace, so it  is
              safe  to add it to the configuration file.  Make sure that the screenshot filter is
              added after all other filters whose effect you want to record on the  saved  image.
              E.g.  it  should be the last filter if you want to have an exact screenshot of what
              you see on the monitor.

       ass
              Moves SSA/ASS subtitle rendering to an arbitrary point in the filter  chain.   Only
              useful with the -ass option.

              EXAMPLE:
                 -vf ass,screenshot
                      Moves  SSA/ASS  rendering  before the screenshot filter.  Screenshots taken
                      this way will contain subtitles.

       blackframe[=amount:threshold]
              Detect frames that are (almost) completely black.  Can be useful to detect  chapter
              transitions  or  commercials.   Output  lines  consist  of  the frame number of the
              detected frame, the percentage of blackness, the frame type and the frame number of
              the last encountered keyframe.

                 <amount>
                      Percentage of the pixels that have to be below the threshold (default: 98).

                 <threshold>
                      Threshold below which a pixel value is considered black (default: 32).

       stereo3d[=in:out]
              Stereo3d converts between different stereoscopic image formats.

                 <in> Stereoscopic image format of input. Possible values:
                      sbsl or side_by_side_left_first
                             side by side parallel (left eye left, right eye right)
                      sbsr or side_by_side_right_first
                             side by side crosseye (right eye left, left eye right)
                      sbs2l or side_by_side_half_width_left_first
                             side  by  side  with half width resolution (left eye left, right eye
                             right)
                      sbs2r or side_by_side_half_width_right_first
                             side by side with half width resolution (right eye  left,  left  eye
                             right)
                      abl or above_below_left_first
                             above-below (left eye above, right eye below)
                      abl or above_below_right_first
                             above-below (right eye above, left eye below)
                      ab2l or above_below_half_height_left_first
                             above-below  with  half height resolution (left eye above, right eye
                             below)
                      ab2r or above_below_half_height_right_first
                             above-below with half height resolution (right eye above,  left  eye
                             below)

                 <out>
                      Stereoscopic  image  format  of  output.  Possible values are all the input
                      formats as well as:
                      arcg or anaglyph_red_cyan_gray
                             anaglyph red/cyan gray (red filter on left eye, cyan filter on right
                             eye)
                      arch or anaglyph_red_cyan_half_color
                             anaglyph  red/cyan half colored (red filter on left eye, cyan filter
                             on right eye)
                      arcc or anaglyph_red_cyan_color
                             anaglyph red/cyan color (red filter on  left  eye,  cyan  filter  on
                             right eye)
                      arcd or anaglyph_red_cyan_dubois
                             anaglyph  red/cyan color optimized with the least squares projection
                             of dubois (red filter on left eye, cyan filter on right eye)
                      agmg or anaglyph_green_magenta_gray
                             anaglyph green/magenta gray  (green  filter  on  left  eye,  magenta
                             filter on right eye)
                      agmh or anaglyph_green_magenta_half_color
                             anaglyph  green/magenta  half  colored  (green  filter  on left eye,
                             magenta filter on right eye)
                      agmc or anaglyph_green_magenta_color
                             anaglyph green/magenta colored (green filter on  left  eye,  magenta
                             filter on right eye)
                      aybg or anaglyph_yellow_blue_gray
                             anaglyph yellow/blue gray (yellow filter on left eye, blue filter on
                             right eye)
                      aybh or anaglyph_yellow_blue_half_color
                             anaglyph yellow/blue half colored (yellow filter on left  eye,  blue
                             filter on right eye)
                      aybc or anaglyph_yellow_blue_color
                             anaglyph yellow/blue colored (yellow filter on left eye, blue filter
                             on right eye)
                      irl or interleave_rows_left_first
                             Interleaved rows (left eye has top row, right  eye  starts  on  next
                             row)
                      irr or interleave_rows_right_first
                             Interleaved  rows  (right  eye  has top row, left eye starts on next
                             row)
                      ml or mono_left
                             mono output (left eye only)
                      mr or mono_right
                             mono output (right eye only)
                 NOTE: To use either of the interleaved-rows  output  formats  to  display  full-
                 screen  on a row-interleaved 3D display, you will need to scale the video to the
                 correct height first using the "scale" filter, if it is not  already  the  right
                 height.     Typically,    that    is    1080    rows    (so   use   e.g.    "-vf
                 scale=1440:1080,stereo3d=sbsl:irl" for a 720p side-by-side encoded movie).

       gradfun[=strength[:radius]]
              Fix the banding artifacts that are sometimes introduced into nearly flat regions by
              truncation to 8bit colordepth.  Interpolates the gradients that should go where the
              bands are, and dithers them.

              This filter is  designed  for  playback  only.   Do  not  use  it  prior  to  lossy
              compression, because compression tends to lose the dither and bring back the bands.

                 <strength>
                      Maximum  amount  by  which  the filter will change any one pixel.  Also the
                      threshold for detecting nearly flat regions (default: 1.2).

                 <radius>
                      Neighborhood to fit the gradient to.   Larger  radius  makes  for  smoother
                      gradients, but also prevents the filter from modifying pixels near detailed
                      regions (default: 16).

       fixpts[=options]
              Fixes the presentation timestamps (PTS) of the frames.  By default, the PTS  passed
              to the next filter is dropped, but the following options can change that:

                 print
                      Print the incoming PTS.

                 fps=<fps>
                      Specify a frame per second value.

                 start=<pts>
                      Specify an initial value for the PTS.

                 autostart=<n>
                      Uses  the  nth incoming PTS as the initial PTS.  All previous PTS are kept,
                      so setting a huge value or -1 keeps the PTS intact.

                 autofps=<n>
                      Uses the nth incoming PTS after the  end  of  autostart  to  determine  the
                      framerate.

              EXAMPLE:
                 -vf fixpts=fps=24000/1001,ass,fixpts
                      Generates  a new sequence of PTS, uses it for ASS subtitles, then drops it.
                      Generating a new sequence is useful when the timestamps  are  reset  during
                      the  program;  this  is  frequent on DVDs.  Dropping it may be necessary to
                      avoid confusing encoders.

              NOTE: Using this filter together with any sort of seeking (including -ss and  EDLs)
              may make demons fly out of your nose.

GENERAL ENCODING OPTIONS (MENCODER ONLY)

       -audio-delay <any floating-point number>
              Delays either audio or video by setting a delay field in the header (default: 0.0).
              This does not delay either stream while encoding, but the player will see the delay
              field  and  compensate  accordingly.  Positive values delay the audio, and negative
              values delay the video.  Note that this is the exact opposite of the -delay option.
              For example, if a video plays correctly with -delay 0.2, you can fix the video with
              MEncoder by using -audio-delay -0.2.

              Currently, this option only works with the default muxer (-of  avi).   If  you  are
              using a different muxer, then you must use -delay instead.

       -audio-density <1-50>
              Number of audio chunks per second (default is 2 for 0.5s long audio chunks).
              NOTE: CBR only, VBR ignores this as it puts each packet in a new chunk.

       -audio-preload <0.0-2.0>
              Sets up the audio buffering time interval (default: 0.5s).

       -fafmttag <format>
              Can be used to override the audio format tag of the output file.

              EXAMPLE:
                 -fafmttag 0x55
                      Will have the output file contain 0x55 (mp3) as audio format tag.

       -ffourcc <fourcc>
              Can be used to override the video fourcc of the output file.

              EXAMPLE:
                 -ffourcc div3
                      Will have the output file contain 'div3' as video fourcc.

       -force-avi-aspect <0.2-3.0>
              Override  the  aspect  stored  in the AVI OpenDML vprp header.  This can be used to
              change the aspect ratio with '-ovc copy'.

       -frameno-file <filename> (DEPRECATED)
              Specify the name of the audio file with framenumber mappings created in  the  first
              (audio only) pass of a special three pass encoding mode.
              NOTE:  Using this mode will most likely give you A-V desync.  Do not use it.  It is
              kept for backwards compatibility only and will possibly  be  removed  in  a  future
              version.

       -hr-edl-seek
              Use  a  more  precise, but much slower method for skipping areas.  Areas marked for
              skipping are not seeked  over,  instead  all  frames  are  decoded,  but  only  the
              necessary frames are encoded.  This allows starting at non-keyframe boundaries.
              NOTE: Not guaranteed to work right with '-ovc copy'.

       -info <option1:option2:...> (AVI only)
              Specify the info header of the resulting AVI file.

              Available options are:

                 help
                      Show this description.

                 name=<value>
                      title of the work

                 artist=<value>
                      artist or author of the work

                 genre=<value>
                      original work category

                 subject=<value>
                      contents of the work

                 copyright=<value>
                      copyright information

                 srcform=<value>
                      original format of the digitized material

                 comment=<value>
                      general comments about the work

       -noautoexpand
              Do  not  automatically  insert  the  expand  filter into the MEncoder filter chain.
              Useful to control at which point of the filter chain subtitles  are  rendered  when
              hardcoding subtitles onto a movie.

       -noencodedups
              Do  not  attempt  to  encode duplicate frames in duplicate; always output zero-byte
              frames to indicate duplicates.  Zero-byte frames will be written  anyway  unless  a
              filter  or  encoder  capable  of doing duplicate encoding is loaded.  Currently the
              only such filter is harddup.

       -noodml (-of avi only)
              Do not write OpenDML index for AVI files >1GB.

       -noskip
              Do not skip frames.

       -o <filename>
              Outputs to the given filename.
              If you want a default output filename, you can put  this  option  in  the  MEncoder
              config file.

       -oac <codec name>
              Encode with the given audio codec (no default set).
              NOTE: Use -oac help to get a list of available audio codecs.

              EXAMPLE:
                 -oac copy
                      no encoding, just streamcopy
                 -oac pcm
                      Encode to uncompressed PCM.
                 -oac mp3lame
                      Encode to MP3 (using LAME).
                 -oac lavc
                      Encode with a libavcodec codec.

       -of <format> (BETA CODE!)
              Encode to the specified container format (default: AVI).
              NOTE: Use -of help to get a list of available container formats.

              EXAMPLE:
                 -of avi
                      Encode to AVI.
                 -of mpeg
                      Encode to MPEG (also see -mpegopts).
                 -of lavf
                      Encode with libavformat muxers (also see -lavfopts).
                 -of rawvideo
                      raw video stream (no muxing - one video stream only)
                 -of rawaudio
                      raw audio stream (no muxing - one audio stream only)

       -ofps <fps>
              Specify a frames per second (fps) value for the output file, which can be different
              from that of the source material.  Must be set for variable fps (ASF, some MOV) and
              progressive (30000/1001 fps telecined MPEG) files.

       -ovc <codec name>
              Encode with the given video codec (no default set).
              NOTE: Use -ovc help to get a list of available video codecs.

              EXAMPLE:
                 -ovc copy
                      no encoding, just streamcopy
                 -ovc raw
                      Encode to an arbitrary uncompressed format (use '-vf format' to select).
                 -ovc lavc
                      Encode with a libavcodec codec.

       -passlogfile <filename>
              Dump  first  pass information to <filename> instead of the default divx2pass.log in
              two pass encoding mode.

       -skiplimit <value>
              Specify the maximum number of frames that may be skipped after encoding  one  frame
              (-noskiplimit for unlimited).

       -vobsubout <basename>
              Specify  the  basename for the output .idx and .sub files.  This turns off subtitle
              rendering in the encoded movie and diverts it to VOBsub subtitle files.

       -vobsuboutid <langid>
              Specify the language two letter code for the subtitles.   This  overrides  what  is
              read from the DVD or the .ifo file.

       -vobsuboutindex <index>
              Specify the index of the subtitles in the output files (default: 0).

       -force-key-frames <time>,<time>,...
              Force  key  frames  at  the specified timestamps, more precisely at the first frame
              after each specified time.

              This option can be used to ensure that a seek point is present at a chapter mark or
              any other designated place in the output file.

              The timestamps must be specified in ascending order.

              Since  MEncoder  does not send timestamps along the filter chain, you probably need
              to use the fixpts filter for this option to work.

              Not all codecs support forced key frames.  Currently, support is  only  implemented
              for the following encoders: lavc, x264, xvid.

CODEC SPECIFIC ENCODING OPTIONS (MENCODER ONLY)

       You can specify codec specific encoding parameters using the following syntax:

       -<codec>opts <option1[=value1]:option2[=value2]:...>

       Where  <codec> may be: lavc, xvidenc, mp3lame, toolame, twolame, nuv, xvfw, faac, x264enc,
       mpeg, lavf.

   mp3lame (-lameopts)
       help
              get help

       vbr=<0-4>
              variable bitrate method
                 0    cbr
                 1    mt
                 2    rh (default)
                 3    abr
                 4    mtrh

       abr
              average bitrate

       cbr
              constant bitrate Also forces CBR mode encoding on subsequent ABR presets modes.

       br=<0-1024>
              bitrate in kbps (CBR and ABR only)

       q=<0-9>
              quality (0 - highest, 9 - lowest) (VBR only)

       aq=<0-9>
              algorithmic quality (0 - best/slowest, 9 - worst/fastest)

       ratio=<1-100>
              compression ratio

       vol=<0-10>
              audio input gain

       mode=<0-3>
              (default: auto)
                 0    stereo
                 1    joint-stereo
                 2    dualchannel
                 3    mono

       padding=<0-2>
                 0    none
                 1    all
                 2    adjust

       fast
              Switch on faster encoding  on  subsequent  VBR  presets  modes.   This  results  in
              slightly lower quality and higher bitrates.

       highpassfreq=<freq>
              Set a highpass filtering frequency in Hz.  Frequencies below the specified one will
              be cut off.  A value of -1 will disable filtering, a  value  of  0  will  let  LAME
              choose values automatically.

       lowpassfreq=<freq>
              Set  a lowpass filtering frequency in Hz.  Frequencies above the specified one will
              be cut off.  A value of -1 will disable filtering, a  value  of  0  will  let  LAME
              choose values automatically.

       preset=<value>
              preset values

                 help
                      Print additional options and information about presets settings.

                 medium
                      VBR encoding, good quality, 150-180 kbps bitrate range

                 standard
                      VBR encoding, high quality, 170-210 kbps bitrate range

                 extreme
                      VBR encoding, very high quality, 200-240 kbps bitrate range

                 insane
                      CBR encoding, highest preset quality, 320 kbps bitrate

                 <8-320>
                      ABR encoding at average given kbps bitrate

              EXAMPLES:
                 fast:preset=standard
                      suitable  for  most  people  and  most  music  types and already quite high
                      quality
                 cbr:preset=192
                      Encode with ABR presets at a 192 kbps forced constant bitrate.
                 preset=172
                      Encode with ABR presets at a 172 kbps average bitrate.
                 preset=extreme
                      for people with extremely good hearing and similar equipment

   toolame and twolame (-toolameopts and -twolameopts respectively)
       br=<32-384>
              In CBR mode this parameter indicates the bitrate in kbps, when in VBR  mode  it  is
              the  minimum  bitrate allowed per frame.  VBR mode will not work with a value below
              112.

       vbr=<-50-50> (VBR only)
              variability range; if negative the encoder shifts the average bitrate  towards  the
              lower limit, if positive towards the higher.  When set to 0 CBR is used (default).

       maxvbr=<32-384> (VBR only)
              maximum bitrate allowed per frame, in kbps

       mode=<stereo | jstereo | mono | dual>
              (default: mono for 1-channel audio, stereo otherwise)

       psy=<-1-4>
              psychoacoustic model (default: 2)

       errprot=<0 | 1>
              Include error protection.

       debug=<0-10>
              debug level

   faac (-faacopts)
       br=<bitrate>
              average bitrate in kbps (mutually exclusive with quality)

       quality=<1-1000>
              quality mode, the higher the better (mutually exclusive with br)

       object=<1-4>
              object type complexity
                 1    MAIN (default)
                 2    LOW
                 3    SSR
                 4    LTP (extremely slow)

       mpeg=<2|4>
              MPEG version (default: 4)

       tns
              Enables temporal noise shaping.

       cutoff=<0-sampling_rate/2>
              cutoff frequency (default: sampling_rate/2)

       raw
              Stores  the  bitstream  as  raw  payload  with  extradata  in  the container header
              (default: 0, corresponds to ADTS).  Do not set this flag if not explicitly required
              or you will not be able to remux the audio stream later on.

   lavc (-lavcopts)
       Many libavcodec (lavc for short) options are tersely documented.  Read the source for full
       details.

       EXAMPLE:
                 vcodec=msmpeg4:vbitrate=1800:vhq:keyint=250

       o=<key>=<value>[,<key>=<value>[,...]]
              Pass AVOptions to libavcodec encoder.  Note, a patch to make the  o=  unneeded  and
              pass  all  unknown  options through the AVOption system is welcome.  A full list of
              AVOptions can be found in the FFmpeg manual.  Note that some AVOptions may conflict
              with MEncoder options.

              EXAMPLE:
                 o=bt=100k

       acodec=<value>
              audio codec (default: mp2)
                 ac3
                      Dolby Digital (AC-3)
                 adpcm_*
                      Adaptive PCM formats - see the HTML documentation for details.
                 flac
                      Free Lossless Audio Codec (FLAC)
                 g726
                      G.726 ADPCM
                 libfaac
                      Advanced Audio Coding (AAC) - using FAAC
                 libmp3lame
                      MPEG-1 audio layer 3 (MP3) - using LAME
                 mp2
                      MPEG-1 audio layer 2 (MP2)
                 pcm_*
                      PCM formats - see the HTML documentation for details.
                 roq_dpcm
                      Id Software RoQ DPCM
                 sonic
                      experimental simple lossy codec
                 sonicls
                      experimental simple lossless codec
                 vorbis
                      Vorbis
                 wmav1
                      Windows Media Audio v1
                 wmav2
                      Windows Media Audio v2

       abitrate=<value>
              audio bitrate in kbps (default: 224)

       atag=<value>
              Use the specified Windows audio format tag (e.g. atag=0x55).

       bit_exact
              Use  only  bit  exact  algorithms (except (I)DCT).  Additionally bit_exact disables
              several optimizations and thus should only be used for regression tests, which need
              binary  identical  files even if the encoder version changes.  This also suppresses
              the user_data header in MPEG-4 streams.  Do not use this  option  unless  you  know
              exactly what you are doing.

       threads=<1-8>
              Maximum  number  of threads to use (default: 1).  May have a slight negative effect
              on motion estimation.

       vcodec=<value>
              Employ the specified codec (default: mpeg4).
                 asv1
                      ASUS Video v1
                 asv2
                      ASUS Video v2
                 dvvideo
                      Sony Digital Video
                 ffv1
                      FFmpeg's lossless video codec
                 ffvhuff
                      nonstandard 20% smaller HuffYUV using YV12
                 flv
                      Sorenson H.263 used in Flash Video
                 h261
                      H.261
                 h263
                      H.263
                 h263p
                      H.263+
                 huffyuv
                      HuffYUV
                 libtheora
                      Theora
                 libx264
                      x264 H.264/AVC MPEG-4 Part 10
                 libxvid
                      Xvid MPEG-4 Part 2 (ASP)
                 ljpeg
                      Lossless JPEG
                 mjpeg
                      Motion JPEG
                 mpeg1video
                      MPEG-1 video
                 mpeg2video
                      MPEG-2 video
                 mpeg4
                      MPEG-4 (DivX 4/5)
                 msmpeg4
                      DivX 3
                 msmpeg4v2
                      MS MPEG4v2
                 roqvideo
                      ID Software RoQ Video
                 rv10
                      an old RealVideo codec
                 snow (also see: vstrict)
                      FFmpeg's experimental wavelet-based codec
                 svq1
                      Apple Sorenson Video 1
                 wmv1
                      Windows Media Video, version 1 (AKA WMV7)
                 wmv2
                      Windows Media Video, version 2 (AKA WMV8)

       vqmin=<1-31>
              minimum quantizer

                 1    Not recommended (much larger file, little quality difference and weird side
                      effects:  msmpeg4,  h263  will  be  very  low  quality, ratecontrol will be
                      confused resulting in lower quality and some decoders will not be  able  to
                      decode it).

                 2    Recommended for normal mpeg4/mpeg1video encoding (default).

                 3    Recommended  for  h263(p)/msmpeg4.   The  reason for preferring 3 over 2 is
                      that 2 could lead to  overflows.   (This  will  be  fixed  for  h263(p)  by
                      changing  the quantizer per MB in the future, msmpeg4 cannot be fixed as it
                      does not support that.)

       lmin=<0.01-255.0>
              Minimum frame-level Lagrange multiplier for ratecontrol (default: 2.0).  Lavc  will
              rarely  use  quantizers below the value of lmin.  Lowering lmin will make lavc more
              likely to choose lower quantizers for some frames, but not lower than the value  of
              vqmin.  Likewise, raising lmin will make lavc less likely to choose low quantizers,
              even if vqmin would have allowed them.  You probably want to set lmin approximately
              equal  to vqmin.  When adaptive quantization is in use, changing lmin/lmax may have
              less of an effect; see mblmin/mblmax.

       lmax=<0.01-255.0>
              maximum Lagrange multiplier for ratecontrol (default: 31.0)

       mblmin=<0.01-255.0>
              Minimum macroblock-level Lagrange multiplier for ratecontrol  (default:2.0).   This
              parameter affects adaptive quantization options like qprd, lumi_mask, etc..

       mblmax=<0.01-255.0>
              Maximum macroblock-level Lagrange multiplier for ratecontrol (default: 31.0).

       vqscale=<0-31>
              Constant  quantizer  / constant quality encoding (selects fixed quantizer mode).  A
              lower value means better quality but larger files (default: -1).  In case  of  snow
              codec,  value  0  means  lossless  encoding.  Since the other codecs do not support
              this, vqscale=0 will have an undefined effect.  1 is not recommended (see vqmin for
              details).

       vqmax=<1-31>
              Maximum quantizer, 10-31 should be a sane range (default: 31).

       vqdiff=<1-31>
              maximum quantizer difference between consecutive I- or P-frames (default: 3)

       vmax_b_frames=<0-4>
              maximum number of B-frames between non-B-frames:
                 0    no B-frames (default)
                 0-2  sane range for MPEG-4

       vme=<0-5>
              motion estimation method.  Available methods are:
                 0    none (very low quality)
                 1    full (slow, currently unmaintained and disabled)
                 2    log (low quality, currently unmaintained and disabled)
                 3    phods (low quality, currently unmaintained and disabled)
                 4    EPZS: size=1 diamond, size can be adjusted with the *dia options (default)
                 5    X1 (experimental, currently aliased to EPZS)
                 8    iter (iterative overlapped block, only used in snow)

              NOTE: 0-3 currently ignores the amount of bits spent, so quality may be low.

       me_range=<0-9999>
              motion estimation search range (default: 0 (unlimited))

       mbd=<0-2> (also see *cmp, qpel)
              Macroblock  decision  algorithm (high quality mode), encode each macro block in all
              modes and choose the best.  This is slow but results in  better  quality  and  file
              size.   When  mbd  is  set  to 1 or 2, the value of mbcmp is ignored when comparing
              macroblocks (the mbcmp value is still used in other places  though,  in  particular
              the  motion search algorithms).  If any comparison setting (precmp, subcmp, cmp, or
              mbcmp) is nonzero, however, a slower but better  half-pel  motion  search  will  be
              used,  regardless of what mbd is set to.  If qpel is set, quarter-pel motion search
              will be used regardless.
                 0    Use comparison function given by mbcmp (default).
                 1    Select the MB mode which needs the fewest bits (=vhq).
                 2    Select the MB mode which has the best rate distortion.

       vhq
              Same as mbd=1, kept for compatibility reasons.

       v4mv
              Allow 4 motion vectors per macroblock (slightly better quality).  Works  better  if
              used with mbd>0.

       obmc
              overlapped block motion compensation (H.263+)

       loop
              loop filter (H.263+) note, this is broken

       inter_threshold <-1000-1000>
              Does absolutely nothing at the moment.

       keyint=<0-300>
              maximum  interval  between  keyframes in frames (default: 250 or one keyframe every
              ten seconds in a 25fps movie.  This is the recommended default for  MPEG-4).   Most
              codecs  require  regular  keyframes  in order to limit the accumulation of mismatch
              error.  Keyframes are also needed for seeking, as seeking is  only  possible  to  a
              keyframe  - but keyframes need more space than other frames, so larger numbers here
              mean slightly smaller files but less precise seeking.  0 is equivalent to 1,  which
              makes every frame a keyframe.  Values >300 are not recommended as the quality might
              be bad depending upon decoder, encoder and luck.  It is common for MPEG-1/2 to  use
              values <=30.

       sc_threshold=<-1000000000-1000000000>
              Threshold for scene change detection.  A keyframe is inserted by libavcodec when it
              detects a scene change.  You can specify the sensitivity of the detection with this
              option.   -1000000000  means  there  is  a  scene  change  detected at every frame,
              1000000000 means no scene changes are detected (default: 0).

       sc_factor=<any positive integer>
              Causes frames with higher quantizers to be more likely to trigger  a  scene  change
              detection  and  make libavcodec use an I-frame (default: 1).  1-16 is a sane range.
              Values between 2 and 6 may yield increasing PSNR (up to approximately 0.04 dB)  and
              better  placement of I-frames in high-motion scenes.  Higher values than 6 may give
              very slightly better PSNR  (approximately  0.01  dB  more  than  sc_factor=6),  but
              noticably worse visual quality.

       vb_strategy=<0-2> (pass one only)
              strategy to choose between I/P/B-frames:
                 0    Always use the maximum number of B-frames (default).
                 1    Avoid B-frames in high motion scenes.  See the b_sensitivity option to tune
                      this strategy.
                 2    Places B-frames more or less optimally to yield maximum  quality  (slower).
                      You may want to reduce the speed impact of this option by tuning the option
                      brd_scale.

       b_sensitivity=<any integer greater than 0>
              Adjusts how sensitively vb_strategy=1 detects  motion  and  avoids  using  B-frames
              (default:  40).   Lower  sensitivities will result in more B-frames.  Using more B-
              frames usually improves PSNR, but too many B-frames can hurt quality in high-motion
              scenes.   Unless  there  is  an  extremely high amount of motion, b_sensitivity can
              safely be lowered below the default; 10 is a reasonable value in most cases.

       brd_scale=<0-10>
              Downscales frames for dynamic B-frame decision (default: 0).  Each  time  brd_scale
              is  increased by one, the frame dimensions are divided by two, which improves speed
              by a factor of four.  Both dimensions of the fully downscaled frame  must  be  even
              numbers,  so  brd_scale=1 requires the original dimensions to be multiples of four,
              brd_scale=2 requires multiples of eight, etc.  In other words,  the  dimensions  of
              the original frame must both be divisible by 2^(brd_scale+1) with no remainder.

       bidir_refine=<0-4>
              Refine  the  two  motion vectors used in bidirectional macroblocks, rather than re-
              using vectors from the forward and backward searches.  This option  has  no  effect
              without B-frames.
                 0    Disabled (default).
                 1-4  Use a wider search (larger values are slower).

       vpass=<1-3>
              Activates internal two (or more) pass mode, only specify if you wish to use two (or
              more) pass encoding.
                 1    first pass (also see turbo)
                 2    second pass
                 3    Nth pass (second and subsequent passes of N-pass encoding)
              Here is how it works, and how to use it:
              The first pass (vpass=1) writes the statistics file.  You might want to  deactivate
              some CPU-hungry options, like "turbo" mode does.
              In  two  pass  mode,  the second pass (vpass=2) reads the statistics file and bases
              ratecontrol decisions on it.
              In N-pass mode, the second pass (vpass=3, that is not a typo) does both:  It  first
              reads the statistics, then overwrites them.  You might want to backup divx2pass.log
              before doing this if there  is  any  possibility  that  you  will  have  to  cancel
              MEncoder.   You  can  use all encoding options, except very CPU-hungry options like
              "qns".
              You can run this same pass over and over to refine  the  encode.   Each  subsequent
              pass will use the statistics from the previous pass to improve.  The final pass can
              include any CPU-hungry encoding options.
              If you want a 2 pass encode, use first vpass=1, and then vpass=2.
              If you want a 3 or more pass encode, use  vpass=1  for  the  first  pass  and  then
              vpass=3 and then vpass=3 again and again until you are satisfied with the encode.

              huffyuv:
                 pass 1
                      Saves statistics.
                 pass 2
                      Encodes  with an optimal Huffman table based upon statistics from the first
                      pass.

       turbo (two pass only)
              Dramatically speeds up pass one using faster algorithms and disabling CPU-intensive
              options.   This  will  probably reduce global PSNR a little bit (around 0.01dB) and
              change individual frame type and PSNR a little bit more (up to 0.03dB).

       aspect=<x/y>
              Store movie aspect  internally,  just  like  with  MPEG  files.   Much  nicer  than
              rescaling,  because  quality  is not decreased.  Only MPlayer will play these files
              correctly, other players will display them with wrong aspect.  The aspect parameter
              can be given as a ratio or a floating point number.

              EXAMPLE:
                 aspect=16/9 or aspect=1.78

       autoaspect
              Same  as  the aspect option, but automatically computes aspect, taking into account
              all the adjustments (crop/expand/scale/etc.) made in the filter  chain.   Does  not
              incur a performance penalty, so you can safely leave it always on.

       vbitrate=<value>
              Specify bitrate (default: 800).
              WARNING: 1kbit = 1000 bits
                 4-16000
                      (in kbit)
                 16001-24000000
                      (in bit)

       vratetol=<value>
              approximated  file size tolerance in kbit.  1000-100000 is a sane range.  (warning:
              1kbit = 1000 bits) (default: 8000)
              NOTE: vratetol should not be too large during the second pass  or  there  might  be
              problems if vrc_(min|max)rate is used.

       vrc_maxrate=<value>
              maximum bitrate in kbit/sec (default: 0, unlimited)

       vrc_minrate=<value>
              minimum bitrate in kbit/sec (default: 0, unlimited)

       vrc_buf_size=<value>
              buffer  size  in  kbit For MPEG-1/2 this also sets the vbv buffer size, use 327 for
              VCD, 917 for SVCD and 1835 for DVD.

       vrc_buf_aggressivity
              currently useless

       vrc_strategy
              Ratecontrol method.  Note that some of the ratecontrol-affecting options will  have
              no effect if vrc_strategy is not set to 0.
                 0    Use internal lavc ratecontrol (default).
                 1    Use  Xvid  ratecontrol (experimental; requires MEncoder to be compiled with
                      support for Xvid 1.1 or higher).

       vb_qfactor=<-31.0-31.0>
              quantizer factor between B- and non-B-frames (default: 1.25)

       vi_qfactor=<-31.0-31.0>
              quantizer factor between I- and non-I-frames (default: 0.8)

       vb_qoffset=<-31.0-31.0>
              quantizer offset between B- and non-B-frames (default: 1.25)

       vi_qoffset=<-31.0-31.0>
              (default: 0.0)
              if v{b|i}_qfactor > 0
              I/B-frame quantizer = P-frame quantizer * v{b|i}_qfactor + v{b|i}_qoffset
              else
              do normal ratecontrol (do not lock to next P-frame  quantizer)  and  set  q=  -q  *
              v{b|i}_qfactor + v{b|i}_qoffset
              HINT:  To  do constant quantizer encoding with different quantizers for I/P- and B-
              frames  you  can  use:  lmin=  <ip_quant>:lmax=  <ip_quant>:vb_qfactor=   <b_quant/
              ip_quant>.

       vqblur=<0.0-1.0> (pass one)
              Quantizer  blur  (default: 0.5), larger values will average the quantizer more over
              time (slower change).
                 0.0  Quantizer blur disabled.
                 1.0  Average the quantizer over all previous frames.

       vqblur=<0.0-99.0> (pass two)
              Quantizer gaussian blur (default: 0.5), larger values will  average  the  quantizer
              more over time (slower change).

       vqcomp=<0.0-1.0>
              Quantizer  compression,  vrc_eq depends upon this (default: 0.5).  NOTE: Perceptual
              quality will be optimal somewhere in between the range's extremes.

       vrc_eq=<equation>
              main ratecontrol equation

                 1+(tex/avgTex-1)*qComp
                      approximately the equation of the old ratecontrol code

                 tex^qComp
                      with qcomp 0.5 or something like that (default)

              infix operators:

                 +,-,*,/,^

              variables:

                 tex
                      texture complexity

                 iTex,pTex
                      intra, non-intra texture complexity

                 avgTex
                      average texture complexity

                 avgIITex
                      average intra texture complexity in I-frames

                 avgPITex
                      average intra texture complexity in P-frames

                 avgPPTex
                      average non-intra texture complexity in P-frames

                 avgBPTex
                      average non-intra texture complexity in B-frames

                 mv
                      bits used for motion vectors

                 fCode
                      maximum length of motion vector in log2 scale

                 iCount
                      number of intra macroblocks / number of macroblocks

                 var
                      spatial complexity

                 mcVar
                      temporal complexity

                 qComp
                      qcomp from the command line

                 isI, isP, isB
                      Is 1 if picture type is I/P/B else 0.

                 Pi,E
                      See your favorite math book.

              functions:

                 max(a,b),min(a,b)
                      maximum / minimum

                 gt(a,b)
                      is 1 if a>b, 0 otherwise

                 lt(a,b)
                      is 1 if a<b, 0 otherwise

                 eq(a,b)
                      is 1 if a==b, 0 otherwise

                 sin, cos, tan, sinh, cosh, tanh, exp, log, abs

       vrc_override=<options>
              User specified quality for specific parts (ending, credits, ...).  The options  are
              <start-frame>,       <end-frame>,       <quality>[/<start-frame>,      <end-frame>,
              <quality>[/...]]:
                 quality (2-31)
                      quantizer
                 quality (-500-0)
                      quality correction in %

       vrc_init_cplx=<0-1000>
              initial complexity (pass 1)

       vrc_init_occupancy=<0.0-1.0>
              initial buffer occupancy, as a fraction of vrc_buf_size (default: 0.9)

       vqsquish=<0|1>
              Specify how to keep the quantizer between qmin and qmax.
                 0    Use clipping.
                 1    Use a nice differentiable function (default).

       vlelim=<-1000-1000>
              Sets single coefficient elimination threshold for luminance.  Negative values  will
              also  consider  the  DC coefficient (should be at least -4 or lower for encoding at
              quant=1):
                 0    disabled (default)
                 -4   JVT recommendation

       vcelim=<-1000-1000>
              Sets single coefficient elimination threshold  for  chrominance.   Negative  values
              will  also consider the DC coefficient (should be at least -4 or lower for encoding
              at quant=1):
                 0    disabled (default)
                 7    JVT recommendation

       vstrict=<-2|-1|0|1>
              strict standard compliance
                 0    disabled
                 1    Only recommended if you want to feed the output into the  MPEG-4  reference
                      decoder.
                 -1   Allow libavcodec specific extensions (default).
                 -2   Enables  experimental  codecs  and  features which may not be playable with
                      future MPlayer versions (snow).

       vdpart
              Data partitioning.  Adds 2 Bytes per video packet, improves  error-resistance  when
              transferring  over  unreliable  channels  (e.g. streaming over the internet).  Each
              video packet will be encoded in 3 separate partitions:
                 1. MVs
                      movement
                 2. DC coefficients
                      low res picture
                 3. AC coefficients
                      details
              MV & DC are most important, losing them looks far worse than losing the AC and  the
              1.  &  2.  partition.  (MV & DC) are far smaller than the 3. partition (AC) meaning
              that errors will hit the AC partition much more often than the MV & DC  partitions.
              Thus,  the  picture  will  look  better  with partitioning than without, as without
              partitioning an error will trash AC/DC/MV equally.

       vpsize=<0-10000> (also see vdpart)
              Video packet size, improves error-resistance.
                 0
                      disabled (default)
                 100-1000
                      good choice

       ss
              slice structured mode for H.263+

       gray
              grayscale only encoding (faster)

       vfdct=<0-10>
              DCT algorithm
                 0    Automatically select a good one (default).
                 1    fast integer
                 2    accurate integer
                 3    MMX
                 4    mlib
                 5    AltiVec
                 6    floating point AAN

       idct=<0-99>
              IDCT algorithm
              NOTE: To the best of our knowledge all these IDCTs do pass the IEEE1180 tests.
                 0    Automatically select a good one (default).
                 1    JPEG reference integer
                 2    simple
                 3    simplemmx
                 4    libmpeg2mmx (inaccurate, do not use for encoding with keyint >100)
                 5    ps2
                 6    mlib
                 7    arm
                 8    AltiVec
                 9    sh4
                 10   simplearm
                 11   H.264
                 12   VP3
                 13   IPP
                 14   xvidmmx
                 15   CAVS
                 16   simplearmv5te
                 17   simplearmv6

       lumi_mask=<0.0-1.0>
              Luminance masking is a 'psychosensory' setting that is supposed to make use of  the
              fact  that  the human eye tends to notice fewer details in very bright parts of the
              picture.  Luminance masking compresses bright areas stronger than medium  ones,  so
              it  will  save  bits  that  can  be  spent  again  on other frames, raising overall
              subjective quality, while possibly reducing PSNR.
              WARNING: Be careful, overly large values can cause disastrous things.
              WARNING: Large values might look good on some monitors but  may  look  horrible  on
              other monitors.
                 0.0
                      disabled (default)
                 0.0-0.3
                      sane range

       dark_mask=<0.0-1.0>
              Darkness  masking  is a 'psychosensory' setting that is supposed to make use of the
              fact that the human eye tends to notice fewer details in very  dark  parts  of  the
              picture.   Darkness  masking compresses dark areas stronger than medium ones, so it
              will save bits that can be spent again on other frames, raising overall  subjective
              quality, while possibly reducing PSNR.
              WARNING: Be careful, overly large values can cause disastrous things.
              WARNING:  Large  values  might  look good on some monitors but may look horrible on
              other monitors / TV / TFT.
                 0.0
                      disabled (default)
                 0.0-0.3
                      sane range

       tcplx_mask=<0.0-1.0>
              Temporal complexity masking (default: 0.0 (disabled)).  Imagine a scene with a bird
              flying  across  the whole scene; tcplx_mask will raise the quantizers of the bird's
              macroblocks (thus decreasing their quality), as the human eye usually does not have
              time  to  see  all  the  bird's details.  Be warned that if the masked object stops
              (e.g. the bird lands) it is likely to look horrible for a  short  period  of  time,
              until  the  encoder  figures  out  that  the object is not moving and needs refined
              blocks.  The saved bits will be spent on  other  parts  of  the  video,  which  may
              increase subjective quality, provided that tcplx_mask is carefully chosen.

       scplx_mask=<0.0-1.0>
              Spatial   complexity  masking.   Larger  values  help  against  blockiness,  if  no
              deblocking filter is used for decoding, which is maybe not a good idea.
              Imagine a scene with grass (which usually has great spatial complexity), a blue sky
              and  a  house; scplx_mask will raise the quantizers of the grass' macroblocks, thus
              decreasing its quality, in order to spend more bits on the sky and the house.
              HINT: Crop any black borders completely as they will  reduce  the  quality  of  the
              macroblocks (also applies without scplx_mask).
                 0.0
                      disabled (default)
                 0.0-0.5
                      sane range

              NOTE:  This  setting  does  not  have the same effect as using a custom matrix that
              would compress high frequencies harder, as scplx_mask will reduce the quality of  P
              blocks  even  if  only  DC is changing.  The result of scplx_mask will probably not
              look as good.

       p_mask=<0.0-1.0> (also see vi_qfactor)
              Reduces the quality of inter blocks.  This is equivalent to increasing the  quality
              of  intra  blocks, because the same average bitrate will be distributed by the rate
              controller to the whole  video  sequence  (default:  0.0  (disabled)).   p_mask=1.0
              doubles the bits allocated to each intra block.

       border_mask=<0.0-1.0>
              border-processing   for  MPEG-style  encoders.   Border  processing  increases  the
              quantizer for macroblocks which are less than 1/5th of the frame width/height  away
              from the frame border, since they are often visually less important.

       naq
              Normalize  adaptive  quantization (experimental).  When using adaptive quantization
              (*_mask), the average per-MB quantizer may no longer  match  the  requested  frame-
              level  quantizer.  Naq will attempt to adjust the per-MB quantizers to maintain the
              proper average.

       ildct
              Use interlaced DCT.

       ilme
              Use interlaced motion estimation (mutually exclusive with qpel).

       alt
              Use alternative scantable.

       top=<-1-1>
                 -1   automatic
                 0    bottom field first
                 1    top field first

       format=<value>
                 YV12
                      default
                 444P
                      for ffv1
                 422P
                      for HuffYUV, lossless JPEG, dv and ffv1
                 411P
                      for lossless JPEG, dv and ffv1
                 YVU9
                      for lossless JPEG, ffv1 and svq1
                 BGR32
                      for lossless JPEG and ffv1

       pred
              (for HuffYUV)
                 0    left prediction
                 1    plane/gradient prediction
                 2    median prediction

       pred
              (for lossless JPEG)
                 0    left prediction
                 1    top prediction
                 2    topleft prediction
                 3    plane/gradient prediction
                 6    mean prediction

       coder
              (for ffv1)
                 0    vlc coding (Golomb-Rice)
                 1    arithmetic coding (CABAC)

       context
              (for ffv1)
                 0    small context model
                 1    large context model

              (for ffvhuff)
                 0    predetermined Huffman tables (builtin or two pass)
                 1    adaptive Huffman tables

       qpel
              Use quarter pel motion compensation (mutually exclusive with ilme).
              HINT: This seems only useful for high bitrate encodings.

       mbcmp=<0-2000>
              Sets the comparison function for the macroblock decision, has  only  an  effect  if
              mbd=0.  This is also used for some motion search functions, in which case it has an
              effect regardless of mbd setting.
                 0 (SAD)
                      sum of absolute differences, fast (default)
                 1 (SSE)
                      sum of squared errors
                 2 (SATD)
                      sum of absolute Hadamard transformed differences
                 3 (DCT)
                      sum of absolute DCT transformed differences
                 4 (PSNR)
                      sum of squared quantization errors (avoid, low quality)
                 5 (BIT)
                      number of bits needed for the block
                 6 (RD)
                      rate distortion optimal, slow
                 7 (ZERO)
                      0
                 8 (VSAD)
                      sum of absolute vertical differences
                 9 (VSSE)
                      sum of squared vertical differences
                 10 (NSSE)
                      noise preserving sum of squared differences
                 11 (W53)
                      5/3 wavelet, only used in snow
                 12 (W97)
                      9/7 wavelet, only used in snow
                 +256
                      Also use chroma, currently does not work (correctly) with B-frames.

       ildctcmp=<0-2000>
              Sets the comparison function for interlaced DCT decision (see mbcmp  for  available
              comparison functions).

       precmp=<0-2000>
              Sets  the  comparison  function  for  motion  estimation  pre  pass  (see mbcmp for
              available comparison functions) (default: 0).

       cmp=<0-2000>
              Sets the comparison  function  for  full  pel  motion  estimation  (see  mbcmp  for
              available comparison functions) (default: 0).

       subcmp=<0-2000>
              Sets the comparison function for sub pel motion estimation (see mbcmp for available
              comparison functions) (default: 0).

       skipcmp=<0-2000>
              FIXME: Document this.

       nssew=<0-1000000>
              This setting controls NSSE weight, where larger weights will result in more  noise.
              0  NSSE  is  identical  to  SSE You may find this useful if you prefer to keep some
              noise in your encoded video rather than filtering it away before encoding (default:
              8).

       predia=<-99-6>
              diamond type and size for motion estimation pre-pass

       dia=<-99-6>
              Diamond  type & size for motion estimation.  Motion search is an iterative process.
              Using a small diamond does not limit  the  search  to  finding  only  small  motion
              vectors.   It  is  just  somewhat  more likely to stop before finding the very best
              motion vector, especially when noise is involved.  Bigger diamonds  allow  a  wider
              search for the best motion vector, thus are slower but result in better quality.
              Big normal diamonds are better quality than shape-adaptive diamonds.
              Shape-adaptive diamonds are a good tradeoff between speed and quality.
              NOTE: The sizes of the normal diamonds and shape adaptive ones do not have the same
              meaning.

                 -3   shape adaptive (fast) diamond with size 3

                 -2   shape adaptive (fast) diamond with size 2

                 -1   uneven multi-hexagon search (slow)

                 1    normal size=1 diamond (default) =EPZS type diamond
                            0
                           000
                            0

                 2    normal size=2 diamond
                            0
                           000
                          00000
                           000
                            0

       trell
              Trellis searched quantization.  This will find the optimal encoding  for  each  8x8
              block.   Trellis  searched  quantization is quite simply an optimal quantization in
              the PSNR versus bitrate sense (Assuming that there  would  be  no  rounding  errors
              introduced by the IDCT, which is obviously not the case.).  It simply finds a block
              for the minimum of error and lambda*bits.
                 lambda
                      quantization parameter (QP) dependent constant
                 bits
                      amount of bits needed to encode the block
                 error
                      sum of squared errors of the quantization

       cbp
              Rate distorted optimal coded block pattern.  Will select the  coded  block  pattern
              which  minimizes  distortion  +  lambda*rate.   This can only be used together with
              trellis quantization.

       mv0
              Try to encode each MB with MV=<0,0> and choose the better one.  This has no  effect
              if mbd=0.

       mv0_threshold=<any non-negative integer>
              When  surrounding  motion  vectors are <0,0> and the motion estimation score of the
              current block is less than mv0_threshold, <0,0> is used for the motion  vector  and
              further  motion  estimation is skipped (default: 256).  Lowering mv0_threshold to 0
              can give a slight (0.01dB) PSNR increase and possibly make the encoded  video  look
              slightly  better;  raising  mv0_threshold  past  320 results in diminished PSNR and
              visual quality.  Higher values speed up encoding very slightly (usually  less  than
              1%, depending on the other options used).
              NOTE: This option does not require mv0 to be enabled.

       qprd (mbd=2 only)
              rate  distorted  optimal  quantization  parameter (QP) for the given lambda of each
              macroblock

       last_pred=<0-99>
              amount of motion predictors from the previous frame
                 0    (default)
                 a    Will use 2a+1 x 2a+1 macroblock square of motion vector predictors from the
                      previous frame.

       preme=<0-2>
              motion estimation pre-pass
                 0    disabled
                 1    only after I-frames (default)
                 2    always

       subq=<1-8>
              subpel refinement quality (for qpel) (default: 8 (high quality))
              NOTE: This has a significant effect on speed.

       refs=<1-8>
              number  of  reference  frames  to  consider  for  motion  compensation  (Snow only)
              (default: 1)

       psnr
              print the PSNR (peak signal to noise ratio) for the whole video after encoding  and
              store  the  per  frame PSNR in a file with a name like 'psnr_hhmmss.log'.  Returned
              values are in dB (decibel), the higher the better.

       mpeg_quant
              Use MPEG quantizers instead of H.263.

       aic
              Enable AC prediction for MPEG-4 or advanced intra prediction for H.263+.  This will
              improve  quality  very  slightly  (around 0.02 dB PSNR) and slow down encoding very
              slightly (about 1%).
              NOTE: vqmin should be 8 or larger for H.263+ AIC.

       aiv
              alternative inter vlc for H.263+

       umv
              unlimited MVs (H.263+ only) Allows encoding of arbitrarily long MVs.

       ibias=<-256-256>
              intra quantizer bias (256 equals 1.0, MPEG style quantizer default: 96, H.263 style
              quantizer default: 0)
              NOTE: The H.263 MMX quantizer cannot handle positive biases (set vfdct=1 or 2), the
              MPEG MMX quantizer cannot handle negative biases (set vfdct=1 or 2).

       pbias=<-256-256>
              inter quantizer bias (256 equals 1.0, MPEG style quantizer default: 0, H.263  style
              quantizer default: -64)
              NOTE: The H.263 MMX quantizer cannot handle positive biases (set vfdct=1 or 2), the
              MPEG MMX quantizer cannot handle negative biases (set vfdct=1 or 2).
              HINT: A more positive bias (-32 - -16 instead of -64) seems to improve the PSNR.

       nr=<0-100000>
              Noise reduction, 0 means disabled.  0-600 is a useful range  for  typical  content,
              but  you  may  want  to  turn it up a bit more for very noisy content (default: 0).
              Given its small impact on speed,  you  might  want  to  prefer  to  use  this  over
              filtering noise away with video filters like denoise3d or hqdn3d.

       qns=<0-3>
              Quantizer  noise  shaping.  Rather than choosing quantization to most closely match
              the source video in the  PSNR  sense,  it  chooses  quantization  such  that  noise
              (usually ringing) will be masked by similar-frequency content in the image.  Larger
              values are slower but may not result in better quality.  This  can  and  should  be
              used  together  with  trellis  quantization, in which case the trellis quantization
              (optimal for constant weight) will be used as startpoint for the iterative search.
                 0    disabled (default)
                 1    Only lower the absolute value of coefficients.
                 2    Only change coefficients before the last non-zero coefficient + 1.
                 3    Try all.

       inter_matrix=<comma separated matrix>
              Use custom inter matrix.  It needs a comma separated string of 64 integers.

       intra_matrix=<comma separated matrix>
              Use custom intra matrix.  It needs a comma separated string of 64 integers.

       vqmod_amp
              experimental quantizer modulation

       vqmod_freq
              experimental quantizer modulation

       dc
              intra DC precision in bits (default: 8).  If  you  specify  vcodec=mpeg2video  this
              value can be 8, 9, 10 or 11.

       cgop (also see sc_threshold)
              Close  all  GOPs.   Currently  it  only works if scene change detection is disabled
              (sc_threshold=1000000000).

       gmc
              Enable Global Motion Compensation.

       (no)lowdelay
              Sets the low delay flag for MPEG-1/2 (disables B-frames).

       vglobal=<0-3>
              Control writing global video headers.
                 0    Codec decides where to write global headers (default).
                 1    Write global headers only in extradata (needed for .mp4/MOV/NUT).
                 2    Write global headers only in front of keyframes.
                 3    Combine 1 and 2.

       aglobal=<0-3>
              Same as vglobal for audio headers.

       level=<value>
              Set CodecContext Level.  Use 31 or 41 to play video on a Playstation 3.

       skip_exp=<0-1000000>
              FIXME: Document this.

       skip_factor=<0-1000000>
              FIXME: Document this.

       skip_threshold=<0-1000000>
              FIXME: Document this.

   nuv (-nuvopts)
       Nuppel video is based on RTJPEG and LZO.  By default frames are first encoded with  RTJPEG
       and  then  compressed  with  LZO,  but it is possible to disable either or both of the two
       passes.  As a result, you can in fact output raw i420, LZO compressed i420, RTJPEG, or the
       default LZO compressed RTJPEG.
       NOTE: The nuvrec documentation contains some advice and examples about the settings to use
       for the most common TV encodings.

       c=<0-20>
              chrominance threshold (default: 1)

       l=<0-20>
              luminance threshold (default: 1)

       lzo
              Enable LZO compression (default).

       nolzo
              Disable LZO compression.

       q=<3-255>
              quality level (default: 255)

       raw
              Disable RTJPEG encoding.

       rtjpeg
              Enable RTJPEG encoding (default).

   xvidenc (-xvidencopts)
       There are three modes available: constant bitrate (CBR), fixed quantizer and two pass.

       pass=<1|2>
              Specify the pass in two pass mode.

       turbo (two pass only)
              Dramatically speeds up pass one using faster algorithms and disabling CPU-intensive
              options.   This will probably reduce global PSNR a little bit and change individual
              frame type and PSNR a little bit more.

       bitrate=<value> (CBR or two pass mode)
              Sets the bitrate to be used in kbits/second if <16000 or in bits/second if  >16000.
              If  <value>  is  negative,  Xvid will use its absolute value as the target size (in
              kBytes) of the video and compute the associated bitrate automagically (default: 687
              kbits/s).

       fixed_quant=<1-31>
              Switch to fixed quantizer mode and specify the quantizer to be used.

       zones=<zone0>[/<zone1>[/...]] (CBR or two pass mode)
              User  specified  quality  for  specific parts (ending, credits, ...).  Each zone is
              <start-frame>,<mode>,<value> where <mode> may be
                 q    Constant  quantizer  override,  where   value=<2.0-31.0>   represents   the
                      quantizer value.
                 w    Ratecontrol weight override, where value=<0.01-2.00> represents the quality
                      correction in %.

              EXAMPLE:
                 zones=90000,q,20
                      Encodes all frames starting with frame 90000 at constant quantizer 20.
                 zones=0,w,0.1/10001,w,1.0/90000,q,20
                      Encode frames 0-10000 at 10% bitrate, encode frames 90000 up to the end  at
                      constant  quantizer 20.  Note that the second zone is needed to delimit the
                      first zone, as without it everything up until frame 89999 would be  encoded
                      at 10% bitrate.

       me_quality=<0-6>
              This  option  controls  the motion estimation subsystem.  The higher the value, the
              more precise the estimation should be (default: 6).  The more  precise  the  motion
              estimation  is,  the more bits can be saved.  Precision is gained at the expense of
              CPU time so decrease this setting if you need realtime encoding.

       (no)qpel
              MPEG-4 uses a half pixel precision for its motion search by default.  The  standard
              proposes  a  mode  where encoders are allowed to use quarter pixel precision.  This
              option usually results in a sharper image.  Unfortunately it has a great impact  on
              bitrate  and  sometimes the higher bitrate use will prevent it from giving a better
              image quality at a fixed bitrate.  It is better  to  test  with  and  without  this
              option and see whether it is worth activating.

       (no)gmc
              Enable  Global  Motion Compensation, which makes Xvid generate special frames (GMC-
              frames) which are well suited for Pan/Zoom/Rotating images.  Whether or not the use
              of this option will save bits is highly dependent on the source material.

       (no)trellis
              Trellis  Quantization  is a kind of adaptive quantization method that saves bits by
              modifying quantized coefficients to make them  more  compressible  by  the  entropy
              encoder.  Its impact on quality is good, and if VHQ uses too much CPU for you, this
              setting can be a good alternative to save a few bits (and  gain  quality  at  fixed
              bitrate) at a lesser cost than with VHQ (default: on).

       (no)cartoon
              Activate  this if your encoded sequence is an anime/cartoon.  It modifies some Xvid
              internal thresholds so Xvid takes  better  decisions  on  frame  types  and  motion
              vectors for flat looking cartoons.

       (no)chroma_me
              The  usual  motion estimation algorithm uses only the luminance information to find
              the best motion vector.  However for some video material, using the  chroma  planes
              can  help  find  better vectors.  This setting toggles the use of chroma planes for
              motion estimation (default: on).

       (no)chroma_opt
              Enable a chroma optimizer  prefilter.   It  will  do  some  extra  magic  on  color
              information  to  minimize  the  stepped-stairs  effect  on  edges.  It will improve
              quality at the cost  of  encoding  speed.   It  reduces  PSNR  by  nature,  as  the
              mathematical  deviation to the original picture will get bigger, but the subjective
              image quality will raise.  Since it works with color information, you might want to
              turn it off when encoding in grayscale.

       (no)hq_ac
              Activates high-quality prediction of AC coefficients for intra frames from neighbor
              blocks (default: on).

       vhq=<0-4>
              The motion search algorithm is based on a search in  the  usual  color  domain  and
              tries  to  find a motion vector that minimizes the difference between the reference
              frame and the encoded frame.  With this setting activated, Xvid will also  use  the
              frequency  domain  (DCT)  to search for a motion vector that minimizes not only the
              spatial difference but also the encoding length of the block.  Fastest to slowest:
                 0    off
                 1    mode decision (inter/intra MB) (default)
                 2    limited search
                 3    medium search
                 4    wide search

       (no)lumi_mask
              Adaptive quantization allows the macroblock quantizers to vary inside  each  frame.
              This is a 'psychosensory' setting that is supposed to make use of the fact that the
              human eye tends to notice fewer details in very bright and very dark parts  of  the
              picture.  It compresses those areas more strongly than medium ones, which will save
              bits that can be spent again on other frames, raising  overall  subjective  quality
              and possibly reducing PSNR.

       (no)grayscale
              Make  Xvid discard chroma planes so the encoded video is grayscale only.  Note that
              this does not speed up encoding, it just prevents chroma data from being written in
              the last stage of encoding.

       (no)interlacing
              Encode the fields of interlaced video material.  Turn this option on for interlaced
              content.
              NOTE: Should you rescale the video, you  would  need  an  interlace-aware  resizer,
              which you can activate with -vf scale=<width>:<height>:1.

       min_iquant=<0-31>
              minimum I-frame quantizer (default: 2)

       max_iquant=<0-31>
              maximum I-frame quantizer (default: 31)

       min_pquant=<0-31>
              minimum P-frame quantizer (default: 2)

       max_pquant=<0-31>
              maximum P-frame quantizer (default: 31)

       min_bquant=<0-31>
              minimum B-frame quantizer (default: 2)

       max_bquant=<0-31>
              maximum B-frame quantizer (default: 31)

       min_key_interval=<value> (two pass only)
              minimum interval between keyframes (default: 0)

       max_key_interval=<value>
              maximum interval between keyframes (default: 10*fps)

       quant_type=<h263|mpeg>
              Sets  the  type  of  quantizer  to use.  For high bitrates, you will find that MPEG
              quantization preserves more detail.  For low bitrates, the smoothing of H.263  will
              give  you  less block noise.  When using custom matrices, MPEG quantization must be
              used.

       quant_intra_matrix=<filename>
              Load a custom intra matrix file.  You can build such a file with xvid4conf's matrix
              editor.

       quant_inter_matrix=<filename>
              Load a custom inter matrix file.  You can build such a file with xvid4conf's matrix
              editor.

       keyframe_boost=<0-1000> (two pass mode only)
              Shift some bits from the pool for other frame types to intra frames, thus improving
              keyframe  quality.   This amount is an extra percentage, so a value of 10 will give
              your keyframes 10% more bits than normal (default: 0).

       kfthreshold=<value> (two pass mode only)
              Works together with kfreduction.  Determines the minimum distance below  which  you
              consider  that  two  frames  are  considered  consecutive  and  treated differently
              according to kfreduction (default: 10).

       kfreduction=<0-100> (two pass mode only)
              The above two settings can be used  to  adjust  the  size  of  keyframes  that  you
              consider  too  close  to the first (in a row).  kfthreshold sets the range in which
              keyframes are reduced, and kfreduction determines the bitrate reduction  they  get.
              The last I-frame will get treated normally (default: 30).

       max_bframes=<0-4>
              Maximum number of B-frames to put between I/P-frames (default: 2).

       bquant_ratio=<0-1000>
              quantizer ratio between B- and non-B-frames, 150=1.50 (default: 150)

       bquant_offset=<-1000-1000>
              quantizer offset between B- and non-B-frames, 100=1.00 (default: 100)

       bf_threshold=<-255-255>
              This  setting  allows you to specify what priority to place on the use of B-frames.
              The higher the value, the higher the probability of B-frames being  used  (default:
              0).   Do  not  forget  that B-frames usually have a higher quantizer, and therefore
              aggressive production of B-frames may cause worse visual quality.

       (no)closed_gop
              This option tells Xvid to close every GOP (Group Of  Pictures  bounded  by  two  I-
              frames),  which makes GOPs independent from each other.  This just implies that the
              last frame of the GOP is either a P-frame or a N-frame but not a  B-frame.   It  is
              usually a good idea to turn this option on (default: on).

       (no)packed
              This option is meant to solve frame-order issues when encoding to container formats
              like AVI that cannot cope with out-of-order frames.   In  practice,  most  decoders
              (both  software and hardware) are able to deal with frame-order themselves, and may
              get confused when this option is turned on, so you can safely leave if off,  unless
              you really know what you are doing.
              WARNING: This will generate an illegal bitstream, and will not be decodable by ISO-
              MPEG-4 decoders except DivX/libavcodec/Xvid.
              WARNING: This will also  store  a  fake  DivX  version  in  the  file  so  the  bug
              autodetection of some decoders might be confused.

       frame_drop_ratio=<0-100> (max_bframes=0 only)
              This setting allows the creation of variable framerate video streams.  The value of
              the setting specifies a threshold under which, if the difference of  the  following
              frame  to  the previous frame is below or equal to this threshold, a frame gets not
              coded (a so called n-vop is placed in the stream).  On playback, when  reaching  an
              n-vop the previous frame will be displayed.
              WARNING:  Playing  with this setting may result in a jerky video, so use it at your
              own risks!

       rc_reaction_delay_factor=<value>
              This parameter controls the number of frames the  CBR  rate  controller  will  wait
              before  reacting  to bitrate changes and compensating for them to obtain a constant
              bitrate over an averaging range of frames.

       rc_averaging_period=<value>
              Real CBR is hard to achieve.  Depending on  the  video  material,  bitrate  can  be
              variable,  and  hard to predict.  Therefore Xvid uses an averaging period for which
              it guarantees a given amount of bits (minus  a  small  variation).   This  settings
              expresses  the  "number  of  frames"  for  which Xvid averages bitrate and tries to
              achieve CBR.

       rc_buffer=<value>
              size of the rate control buffer

       curve_compression_high=<0-100>
              This setting allows Xvid to take a  certain  percentage  of  bits  away  from  high
              bitrate scenes and give them back to the bit reservoir.  You could also use this if
              you have a clip with so  many  bits  allocated  to  high-bitrate  scenes  that  the
              low(er)-bitrate scenes start to look bad (default: 0).

       curve_compression_low=<0-100>
              This  setting  allows  Xvid  to  give a certain percentage of extra bits to the low
              bitrate scenes, taking a few bits from the entire clip.  This might come  in  handy
              if you have a few low-bitrate scenes that are still blocky (default: 0).

       overflow_control_strength=<0-100>
              During  pass  one  of  two  pass encoding, a scaled bitrate curve is computed.  The
              difference between that expected curve and the result obtained during  encoding  is
              called  overflow.   Obviously, the two pass rate controller tries to compensate for
              that overflow, distributing it over the next frames.   This  setting  controls  how
              much  of  the  overflow is distributed every time there is a new frame.  Low values
              allow lazy overflow control, big rate bursts are compensated for more slowly (could
              lead to lack of precision for small clips).  Higher values will make changes in bit
              redistribution more abrupt, possibly too abrupt if you set it  too  high,  creating
              artifacts (default: 5).
              NOTE: This setting impacts quality a lot, play with it carefully!

       max_overflow_improvement=<0-100>
              During  the  frame  bit  allocation,  overflow control may increase the frame size.
              This parameter specifies the maximum percentage by which the  overflow  control  is
              allowed  to  increase  the  frame  size,  compared  to  the  ideal curve allocation
              (default: 5).

       max_overflow_degradation=<0-100>
              During the frame bit allocation, overflow control  may  decrease  the  frame  size.
              This  parameter  specifies  the maximum percentage by which the overflow control is
              allowed to decrease  the  frame  size,  compared  to  the  ideal  curve  allocation
              (default: 5).

       container_frame_overhead=<0...>
              Specifies  a  frame  average  overhead per frame, in bytes.  Most of the time users
              express their target bitrate for video w/o  taking  care  of  the  video  container
              overhead.  This small but (mostly) constant overhead can cause the target file size
              to be exceeded.  Xvid allows users to set the amount  of  overhead  per  frame  the
              container  generates (give only an average per frame).  0 has a special meaning, it
              lets Xvid use its own default values (default: 24 - AVI average overhead).

       profile=<profile_name>
              Restricts options and VBV (peak bitrate over  a  short  period)  according  to  the
              Simple, Advanced Simple and DivX profiles.  The resulting videos should be playable
              on standalone players adhering to these profile specifications.
                 unrestricted
                      no restrictions (default)
                 sp0
                      simple profile at level 0
                 sp1
                      simple profile at level 1
                 sp2
                      simple profile at level 2
                 sp3
                      simple profile at level 3
                 sp4a
                      simple profile at level 4a
                 sp5
                      simple profile at level 5
                 sp6
                      simple profile at level 6
                 asp0
                      advanced simple profile at level 0
                 asp1
                      advanced simple profile at level 1
                 asp2
                      advanced simple profile at level 2
                 asp3
                      advanced simple profile at level 3
                 asp4
                      advanced simple profile at level 4
                 asp5
                      advanced simple profile at level 5
                 dxnhandheld
                      DXN handheld profile
                 dxnportntsc
                      DXN portable NTSC profile
                 dxnportpal
                      DXN portable PAL profile
                 dxnhtntsc
                      DXN home theater NTSC profile
                 dxnhtpal
                      DXN home theater PAL profile
                 dxnhdtv
                      DXN HDTV profile
              NOTE: These profiles should be used in conjunction with  an  appropriate  -ffourcc.
              Generally  DX50  is  applicable,  as  some  players  do not recognize Xvid but most
              recognize DivX.

       par=<mode>
              Specifies the Pixel Aspect Ratio mode (not to be confused  with  DAR,  the  Display
              Aspect  Ratio).   PAR  is  the ratio of the width and height of a single pixel.  So
              both are related like this: DAR = PAR * (width/height).
              MPEG-4 defines 5 pixel aspect ratios and one extended one, giving  the  opportunity
              to specify a specific pixel aspect ratio.  5 standard modes can be specified:
                 vga11
                      It is the usual PAR for PC content.  Pixels are a square unit.
                 pal43
                      PAL standard 4:3 PAR.  Pixels are rectangles.
                 pal169
                      same as above
                 ntsc43
                      same as above
                 ntsc169
                      same as above (Do not forget to give the exact ratio.)
                 ext
                      Allows  you  to  specify  your  own  pixel  aspect ratio with par_width and
                      par_height.
              NOTE: In general, setting aspect and autoaspect options is enough.

       par_width=<1-255> (par=ext only)
              Specifies the width of the custom pixel aspect ratio.

       par_height=<1-255> (par=ext only)
              Specifies the height of the custom pixel aspect ratio.

       aspect=<x/y | f (float value)>
              Store movie aspect internally, just like MPEG  files.   Much  nicer  solution  than
              rescaling, because quality is not decreased.  MPlayer and a few others players will
              play these files correctly, others will display them with the  wrong  aspect.   The
              aspect parameter can be given as a ratio or a floating point number.

       (no)autoaspect
              Same  as  the aspect option, but automatically computes aspect, taking into account
              all the adjustments (crop/expand/scale/etc.) made in the filter chain.

       psnr
              Print the PSNR (peak signal to noise ratio) for the whole video after encoding  and
              store  the  per  frame  PSNR  in  a  file with a name like 'psnr_hhmmss.log' in the
              current directory.  Returned values are in dB (decibel), the higher the better.

       debug
              Save per-frame statistics in ./xvid.dbg. (This is not the two pass control file.)

       The following options are only available in Xvid 1.1.x and later.

       bvhq=<0|1>
              This setting allows vector candidates for B-frames to  be  used  for  the  encoding
              chosen  using  a  rate  distortion optimized operator, which is what is done for P-
              frames by the vhq option.  This produces  nicer-looking  B-frames  while  incurring
              almost no performance penalty (default: 1).

       vbv_bufsize=<0...> (two pass mode only)
              Specify  the  video  buffering verifier (VBV) buffer size in bits (default: 0 - VBV
              check disabled).  VBV allows restricting  peak  bitrate  to  make  the  video  play
              properly   on   hardware   players.    For   example,   the   Home   profile   uses
              vbv_bufsize=3145728.  If you set vbv_bufsize you should set also vbv_maxrate.  Note
              that  there  is  no  vbv_peakrate because Xvid does not actually use it for bitrate
              controlling; the other VBV options are enough to restrict the peak bitrate.

       vbv_initial=<0...vbv_bufsize> (two pass mode only)
              Specify the initial fill of the VBV buffer in bits (default: 75%  of  vbv_bufsize).
              The default is probably what you want.

       vbv_maxrate=<0...> (two pass mode only)
              Specify  the maximum processing rate in bits/s (default: 0).  For example, the Home
              profile uses vbv_maxrate=4854000.

       The following option is only available in Xvid 1.2.x and later.

       threads=<0-n>
              Create n threads to run the motion estimation (default: 0).  The maximum number  of
              threads that can be used is the picture height divided by 16.

   x264enc (-x264encopts)
       bitrate=<value>
              Sets  the  average  bitrate to be used in kbits/second (default: off).  Since local
              bitrate may vary, this average  may  be  inaccurate  for  very  short  videos  (see
              ratetol).   Constant bitrate can be achieved by combining this with vbv_maxrate, at
              significant reduction in quality.

       qp=<0-51>
              This selects the quantizer to use for P-frames.  I- and B-frames  are  offset  from
              this  value  by  ip_factor  and  pb_factor, respectively.  20-40 is a useful range.
              Lower values result in better fidelity, but higher bitrates.  0 is lossless.   Note
              that  quantization in H.264 works differently from MPEG-1/2/4: H.264's quantization
              parameter (QP) is on a logarithmic scale.  The mapping is approximately H264QP = 12
              +  6*log2(MPEGQP).   For  example,  MPEG  at  QP=2 is equivalent to H.264 at QP=18.
              Generally, this option should be avoided and crf should be used instead as crf will
              yield better visual results for the same size.

       crf=<1.0-50.0>
              Enables  constant  quality  mode, and selects the quality.  The scale is similar to
              QP.  Like the bitrate-based modes, this allows each frame to  use  a  different  QP
              based  on  the frame's complexity.  This option should generally be used instead of
              qp.

       pass=<1-3>
              Enable 2 or 3-pass mode.  It is recommended to always encode in 2 or 3-pass mode as
              it leads to a better bit distribution and improves overall quality.
                 1    first pass
                 2    second pass (of two pass encoding)
                 3    Nth pass (second and third passes of three pass encoding)
              Here is how it works, and how to use it:
              The first pass (pass=1) collects statistics on the video and writes them to a file.
              You might want to deactivate some CPU-hungry options, apart from the ones that  are
              on by default.
              In  two  pass  mode,  the  second pass (pass=2) reads the statistics file and bases
              ratecontrol decisions on it.
              In three pass mode, the second pass (pass=3, that is not  a  typo)  does  both:  It
              first  reads  the  statistics,  then  overwrites  them.   You  can use all encoding
              options, except very CPU-hungry options.
              The third pass (pass=3) is the same as the second pass,  except  that  it  has  the
              second  pass' statistics to work from.  You can use all encoding options, including
              CPU-hungry ones.
              The first pass may use either  average  bitrate  or  constant  quantizer.   ABR  is
              recommended, since it does not require guessing a quantizer.  Subsequent passes are
              ABR, and must specify bitrate.

       profile=<name>
              Constrain options to be compatible with an H.264 profile.
                 baseline
                      no8x8dct bframes=0 nocabac cqm=flat weightp=0 nointerlaced qp>0
                 main no8x8dct cqm=flat qp>0
                 high qp>0 (default)

       preset=<name>
              Use a preset to select encoding settings.
                 ultrafast
                      no8x8dct  aq_mode=0   b_adapt=0   bframes=0   nodeblock   nombtree   me=dia
                      nomixed_refs  partitions=none  ref=1 scenecut=0 subq=0 trellis=0 noweight_b
                      weightp=0
                 superfast
                      nombtree me=dia nomixed_refs partitions=i8x8,i4x4  ref=1  subq=1  trellis=0
                      weightp=0
                 veryfast
                      nombtree nomixed_refs ref=1 subq=2 trellis=0 weightp=0
                 faster
                      nomixed_refs rc_lookahead=20 ref=5 subq=4 weightp=1
                 fast rc_lookahead=30 ref=2 subq=6
                 medium
                      Default settings apply.
                 slow b_adapt=2 direct=auto me=umh rc_lookahead=50 ref=5 subq=8
                 slower
                      b_adapt=2  direct=auto  me=umh  partitions=all rc_lookahead=60 ref=8 subq=9
                      trellis=2
                 veryslow
                      b_adapt=2 b_frames=8 direct=auto me=umh me_range=24  partitions=all  ref=16
                      subq=10 trellis=2 rc_lookahead=60
                 placebo
                      bframes=16   b_adapt=2   direct=auto   nofast_pskip   me=tesa   me_range=24
                      partitions=all rc_lookahead=60 ref=16 subq=10 trellis=2

       tune=<name,[name,...]>
              Tune the settings for a particular type of source or situation.  All tuned settings
              are  overridden  by  explicit  user-settings.   Multiple  tunings  are separated by
              commas, but only one psy tuning can be used at a time.
                 film (psy tuning)
                      deblock=-1,-1 psy-rd=<unset>,0.15
                 animation (psy tuning)
                      b_frames={+2} deblock=1,1 psy-rd=0.4:<unset> aq_strength=0.6 ref={double if
                      >1 else 1}
                 grain (psy tuning)
                      aq_strength=0.5     nodct_decimate     deadzone_inter=6    deadzone_intra=6
                      deblock=-2,-2 ipratio=1.1 pbratio=1.1 psy-rd=<unset>,0.25 qcomp=0.8
                 stillimage (psy tuning)
                      aq_strength=1.2 deblock=-3,-3 psy-rd=2.0,0.7
                 psnr (psy tuning)
                      aq_mode=0 nopsy
                 ssim (psy tuning)
                      aq_mode=2 nopsy
                 fastdecode
                      nocabac nodeblock noweight_b weightp=0
                 zerolatency
                      bframes=0 force_cfr rc_lookahead=0 sync_lookahead=0 sliced_threads

       slow_firstpass
              Disables the following faster options with pass=1: no_8x8dct me=dia partitions=none
              ref=1   subq={2  if  >2  else  unchanged}  trellis=0  fast_pskip.   These  settings
              significantly improve encoding speed while  having  little  or  no  impact  on  the
              quality of the final pass.
              This option is implied with preset=placebo.

       keyint=<value>
              Sets  maximum interval between IDR-frames (default: 250).  Larger values save bits,
              thus improve quality, at the cost of seeking precision.  Unlike  MPEG-1/2/4,  H.264
              does not suffer from DCT drift with large values of keyint.

       keyint_min=<1-keyint/2>
              Sets minimum interval between IDR-frames (default: 25).  If scenecuts appear within
              this interval, they are still encoded as I-frames, but do not start a new GOP.   In
              H.264, I-frames do not necessarily bound a closed GOP because it is allowable for a
              P-frame to be predicted from more frames than just the one frame  before  it  (also
              see  frameref).   Therefore,  I-frames  are  not  necessarily seekable.  IDR-frames
              restrict subsequent P-frames from referring to any frame prior to the IDR-frame.

       scenecut=<-1-100>
              Controls how aggressively to insert  extra  I-frames  (default:  40).   With  small
              values  of  scenecut,  the codec often has to force an I-frame when it would exceed
              keyint.  Good values of scenecut may find a better location for the I-frame.  Large
              values  use more I-frames than necessary, thus wasting bits.  -1 disables scene-cut
              detection, so I-frames are inserted only once every other keyint frames, even if  a
              scene-cut  occurs earlier.  This is not recommended and wastes bitrate as scenecuts
              encoded as P-frames are just as big as I-frames,  but  do  not  reset  the  "keyint
              counter".

       (no)intra_refresh
              Periodic intra block refresh instead of keyframes (default: disabled).  This option
              disables IDR-frames, and, instead,  uses  a  moving  vertical  bar  of  intra-coded
              blocks.  This reduces compression efficiency but benefits low-latency streaming and
              resilience to packet loss.

       frameref=<1-16>
              Number of previous frames used as predictors in B- and P-frames (default: 3).  This
              is  effective  in  anime, but in live-action material the improvements usually drop
              off very rapidly above 6 or so reference frames.  This has no  effect  on  decoding
              speed,  but  does  increase the memory needed for decoding.  Some decoders can only
              handle a maximum of 15 reference frames.

       bframes=<0-16>
              maximum number of consecutive B-frames between I- and P-frames (default: 3)

       (no)b_adapt
              Automatically decides when to  use  B-frames  and  how  many,  up  to  the  maximum
              specified above (default: on).  If this option is disabled, then the maximum number
              of B-frames is used.

       b_bias=<-100-100>
              Controls the decision performed by b_adapt.  A higher b_bias produces more B-frames
              (default: 0).

       b_pyramid=<normal|strict|none>
              Allows B-frames to be used as references for predicting other frames.  For example,
              consider 3 consecutive B-frames: I0 B1 B2 B3 P4.   Without  this  option,  B-frames
              follow  the same pattern as MPEG-[124].  So they are coded in the order I0 P4 B1 B2
              B3, and all the B-frames are predicted from I0 and P4.  With this option, they  are
              coded  as I0 P4 B2 B1 B3.  B2 is the same as above, but B1 is predicted from I0 and
              B2, and B3 is predicted from B2 and P4.  This usually results in slightly  improved
              compression,  at almost no speed cost.  However, this is an experimental option: it
              is not fully tuned and may not always help.  Requires bframes >= 2.   Disadvantage:
              increases decoding delay to 2 frames.
                 normal
                      Allow B-frames as references as described above (not Blu-ray compatible).
                 strict
                      Disallow  P-frames  referencing  B-frames.  Gives worse compression, but is
                      required for Blu-ray compatibility.
                 none
                      Disable using B-frames as references.

       (no)deblock
              Use deblocking filter (default: on).  As it takes very little time compared to  its
              quality gain, it is not recommended to disable it.

       deblock=<-6-6>,<-6-6>
              The first parameter is AlphaC0 (default: 0).  This adjusts thresholds for the H.264
              in-loop deblocking filter.  First, this parameter adjusts  the  maximum  amount  of
              change  that  the  filter  is  allowed  to  cause on any one pixel.  Secondly, this
              parameter affects the threshold for difference across the edge being  filtered.   A
              positive value reduces blocking artifacts more, but will also smear details.
              The  second  parameter  is  Beta  (default: 0).  This affects the detail threshold.
              Very detailed blocks are not filtered, since the smoothing  caused  by  the  filter
              would be more noticeable than the original blocking.
              The default behavior of the filter almost always achieves optimal quality, so it is
              best to either leave it alone, or make only small adjustments.   However,  if  your
              source  material already has some blocking or noise which you would like to remove,
              it may be a good idea to turn it up a little bit.

       (no)cabac
              Use CABAC (Context-Adaptive Binary  Arithmetic  Coding)  (default:  on).   Slightly
              slows  down  encoding and decoding, but should save 10-15% bitrate.  Unless you are
              looking for decoding speed, you should not disable it.

       qp_min=<1-51> (ABR or two pass)
              Minimum quantizer, 10-30 seems to be a useful range (default: 10).

       qp_max=<1-51> (ABR or two pass)
              maximum quantizer (default: 51)

       qp_step=<1-50> (ABR or two pass)
              maximum value by which the quantizer may be incremented/decremented between  frames
              (default: 4)

       (no)mbtree
              Enable  macroblock  tree  ratecontrol (default: enabled).  Use a large lookahead to
              track temporal propagation of data and weight quality accordingly.   In  multi-pass
              mode, this writes to a separate stats file named <passlogfile>.mbtree.

       rc_lookahead=<0-250>
              Adjust  the  mbtree lookahead distance (default: 40).  Larger values will be slower
              and cause x264 to consume more memory, but can yield higher quality.

       ratetol=<0.1-100.0> (ABR or two pass)
              allowed variance in average bitrate (no particular units) (default: 1.0)

       vbv_maxrate=<value> (ABR or two pass)
              maximum local bitrate, in kbits/second (default: disabled)

       vbv_bufsize=<value> (ABR or two pass)
              averaging period for vbv_maxrate, in kbits (default: none,  must  be  specified  if
              vbv_maxrate is enabled)

       vbv_init=<0.0-1.0> (ABR or two pass)
              initial buffer occupancy, as a fraction of vbv_bufsize (default: 0.9)

       ip_factor=<value>
              quantizer factor between I- and P-frames (default: 1.4)

       pb_factor=<value>
              quantizer factor between P- and B-frames (default: 1.3)

       qcomp=<0-1> (ABR or two pass)
              quantizer  compression  (default:  0.6).   A  lower  value  makes  the bitrate more
              constant, while a higher value makes the quantization parameter more constant.

       cplx_blur=<0-999> (two pass only)
              Temporal blur of the estimated frame complexity, before curve compression (default:
              20).   Lower  values  allow  the quantizer value to jump around more, higher values
              force it to vary more smoothly.  cplx_blur ensures that each  I-frame  has  quality
              comparable  to  the  following  P-frames, and ensures that alternating high and low
              complexity frames (e.g. low  fps  animation)  do  not  waste  bits  on  fluctuating
              quantizer.

       qblur=<0-99> (two pass only)
              Temporal  blur  of  the  quantization  parameter, after curve compression (default:
              0.5).  Lower values allow the quantizer value to jump around  more,  higher  values
              force it to vary more smoothly.

       zones=<zone0>[/<zone1>[/...]]
              User  specified  quality  for  specific parts (ending, credits, ...).  Each zone is
              <start-frame>,<end-frame>,<option> where option may be
                 q=<0-51>
                      quantizer
                 b=<0.01-100.0>
                      bitrate multiplier
              NOTE: The quantizer option is not strictly enforced.  It affects only the  planning
              stage   of   ratecontrol,  and  is  still  subject  to  overflow  compensation  and
              qp_min/qp_max.

       direct_pred=<name>
              Determines the type of motion prediction used for direct macroblocks in B-frames.
                 none Direct macroblocks are not used.
                 spatial
                      Motion vectors are extrapolated from neighboring blocks.  (default)
                 temporal
                      Motion vectors are extrapolated from the following P-frame.
                 auto The codec selects between spatial and temporal for each frame.
              Spatial and temporal are approximately the same speed and PSNR, the choice  between
              them  depends  on the video content.  Auto is slightly better, but slower.  Auto is
              most effective when combined with multipass.  direct_pred=none is both  slower  and
              lower quality.

       weightp
              Weighted P-frame prediction mode (default: 2).
                 0    disabled (fastest)
                 1    blind mode (slightly better quality)
                 2    smart mode (best)

       (no)weight_b
              Use   weighted  prediction  in  B-frames.   Without  this  option,  bidirectionally
              predicted macroblocks give equal weight to each reference frame.  With this option,
              the  weights are determined by the temporal position of the B-frame relative to the
              references.  Requires bframes > 1.

       partitions=<list>
              Enable some optional macroblock types (default: p8x8,b8x8,i8x8,i4x4).
                 p8x8 Enable types p16x8, p8x16, p8x8.
                 p4x4 Enable types p8x4, p4x8, p4x4.  p4x4 is recommended only with  subq  >=  5,
                      and only at low resolutions.
                 b8x8 Enable types b16x8, b8x16, b8x8.
                 i8x8 Enable type i8x8.  i8x8 has no effect unless 8x8dct is enabled.
                 i4x4 Enable type i4x4.
                 all  Enable all of the above types.
                 none Disable all of the above types.
              Regardless  of  this option, macroblock types p16x16, b16x16, and i16x16 are always
              enabled.
              The idea is to find the type and size that best describe  a  certain  area  of  the
              picture.   For  example,  a global pan is better represented by 16x16 blocks, while
              small moving objects are better represented by smaller blocks.

       (no)8x8dct
              Adaptive spatial transform size: allows macroblocks to choose between 4x4  and  8x8
              DCT.   Also  allows the i8x8 macroblock type.  Without this option, only 4x4 DCT is
              used.

       me=<name>
              Select fullpixel motion estimation algorithm.
                 dia  diamond search, radius 1 (fast)
                 hex  hexagon search, radius 2 (default)
                 umh  uneven multi-hexagon search (slow)
                 esa  exhaustive search (very slow, and no better than umh)

       me_range=<4-64>
              radius of exhaustive or multi-hexagon motion search (default: 16)

       subq=<0-9>
              Adjust subpel refinement quality.  This parameter  controls  quality  versus  speed
              tradeoffs  involved in the motion estimation decision process.  subq=5 can compress
              up to 10% better than subq=1.
                 0    Runs fullpixel precision motion  estimation  on  all  candidate  macroblock
                      types.  Then selects the best type with SAD metric (faster than subq=1, not
                      recommended unless you're looking for ultra-fast encoding).
                 1    Does as 0, then refines the  motion  of  that  type  to  fast  quarterpixel
                      precision (fast).
                 2    Runs  halfpixel  precision  motion  estimation  on all candidate macroblock
                      types.  Then selects the best type with  SATD  metric.   Then  refines  the
                      motion of that type to fast quarterpixel precision.
                 3    As 2, but uses a slower quarterpixel refinement.
                 4    Runs  fast  quarterpixel  precision  motion  estimation  on  all  candidate
                      macroblock types.  Then selects the  best  type  with  SATD  metric.   Then
                      finishes the quarterpixel refinement for that type.
                 5    Runs best quality quarterpixel precision motion estimation on all candidate
                      macroblock types, before selecting the best type.   Also  refines  the  two
                      motion  vectors  used in bidirectional macroblocks with SATD metric, rather
                      than reusing vectors from the forward and backward searches.
                 6    Enables rate-distortion optimization of  macroblock  types  in  I-  and  P-
                      frames.
                 7    Enables  rate-distortion  optimization  of  macroblock  types in all frames
                      (default).
                 8    Enables rate-distortion optimization of motion vectors and intra prediction
                      modes in I- and P-frames.
                 9    Enables rate-distortion optimization of motion vectors and intra prediction
                      modes in all frames (best).
              In the above, "all candidates" does not exactly mean all enabled types:  4x4,  4x8,
              8x4 are tried only if 8x8 is better than 16x16.

       (no)chroma_me
              Takes  into  account  chroma  information  during  subpixel motion search (default:
              enabled).  Requires subq>=5.

       (no)mixed_refs
              Allows each 8x8 or 16x8 motion partition to independently select a reference frame.
              Without  this  option,  a  whole  macroblock must use the same reference.  Requires
              frameref>1.

       trellis=<0-2> (cabac only)
              rate-distortion optimal quantization
                 0    disabled
                 1    enabled only for the final encode (default)
                 2    enabled during all mode decisions (slow, requires subq>=6)

       psy-rd=rd[,trell]
              Sets the strength of the psychovisual optimization.
                 rd=<0.0-10.0>
                      psy optimization strength (requires subq>=6) (default: 1.0)
                 trell=<0.0-10.0>
                      trellis (requires trellis, experimental) (default: 0.0)

       (no)psy
              Enable psychovisual optimizations that hurt PSNR and SSIM but ought to look  better
              (default: enabled).

       deadzone_inter=<0-32>
              Set  the  size of the inter luma quantization deadzone for non-trellis quantization
              (default: 21).   Lower  values  help  to  preserve  fine  details  and  film  grain
              (typically useful for high bitrate/quality encode), while higher values help filter
              out these details to save bits that can be spent again  on  other  macroblocks  and
              frames  (typically useful for bitrate-starved encodes).  It is recommended that you
              start by tweaking deadzone_intra before changing this parameter.

       deadzone_intra=<0-32>
              Set the size of the intra luma quantization deadzone for  non-trellis  quantization
              (default:  11).   This  option has the same effect as deadzone_inter except that it
              affects intra frames.  It is recommended that you start by tweaking this  parameter
              before changing deadzone_inter.

       (no)fast_pskip
              Performs  early  skip  detection  in  P-frames  (default:  enabled).   This usually
              improves speed at no cost, but it can sometimes produce artifacts in areas with  no
              details, like sky.

       (no)dct_decimate
              Eliminate  dct  blocks  in  P-frames  containing  only  a  small single coefficient
              (default: enabled).  This will remove some details, so it will save bits  that  can
              be  spent  again on other frames, hopefully raising overall subjective quality.  If
              you are compressing non-anime content with a high target bitrate, you may  want  to
              disable this to preserve as much detail as possible.

       nr=<0-100000>
              Noise reduction, 0 means disabled.  100-1000 is a useful range for typical content,
              but you may want to turn it up a bit more for  very  noisy  content  (default:  0).
              Given  its  small  impact  on  speed,  you  might  want  to prefer to use this over
              filtering noise away with video filters like denoise3d or hqdn3d.

       chroma_qp_offset=<-12-12>
              Use a different quantizer for chroma as compared to luma.  Useful values are in the
              range <-2-2> (default: 0).

       aq_mode=<0-2>
              Defines how adaptive quantization (AQ) distributes bits:
                 0    disabled
                 1    Avoid moving bits between frames.
                 2    Move bits between frames (by default).

       aq_strength=<positive float value>
              Controls  how much adaptive quantization (AQ) reduces blocking and blurring in flat
              and textured areas (default: 1.0).  A value of 0.5 will lead to weak  AQ  and  less
              details, when a value of 1.5 will lead to strong AQ and more details.

       cqm=<flat|jvt|<filename>>
              Either  uses  a  predefined  custom quantization matrix or loads a JM format matrix
              file.
                 flat
                      Use the predefined flat 16 matrix (default).
                 jvt
                      Use the predefined JVT matrix.
                 <filename>
                      Use the provided JM format matrix file.
              NOTE: Windows CMD.EXE users may experience problems with parsing the  command  line
              if  they  attempt  to  use all the CQM lists.  This is due to a command line length
              limitation.  In this case it is recommended the lists be put into a JM  format  CQM
              file and loaded as specified above.

       cqm4iy=<list> (also see cqm)
              Custom  4x4 intra luminance matrix, given as a list of 16 comma separated values in
              the 1-255 range.

       cqm4ic=<list> (also see cqm)
              Custom 4x4 intra chrominance matrix, given as a list of 16 comma  separated  values
              in the 1-255 range.

       cqm4py=<list> (also see cqm)
              Custom  4x4 inter luminance matrix, given as a list of 16 comma separated values in
              the 1-255 range.

       cqm4pc=<list> (also see cqm)
              Custom 4x4 inter chrominance matrix, given as a list of 16 comma  separated  values
              in the 1-255 range.

       cqm8iy=<list> (also see cqm)
              Custom  8x8 intra luminance matrix, given as a list of 64 comma separated values in
              the 1-255 range.

       cqm8py=<list> (also see cqm)
              Custom 8x8 inter luminance matrix, given as a list of 64 comma separated values  in
              the 1-255 range.

       level_idc=<10-51>
              Set  the bitstream's level as defined by annex A of the H.264 standard (default: 51
              - level 5.1).  This is used for telling the decoder what capabilities it  needs  to
              support.  Use this parameter only if you know what it means, and you have a need to
              set it.

       threads=<0-16>
              Spawn threads to encode in parallel on multiple CPUs  (default:  0).   This  has  a
              slight  penalty  to compression quality.  0 or 'auto' tells x264 to detect how many
              CPUs you have and pick an appropriate number of threads.

       (no)sliced_threads
              Use slice-based threading  (default:  disabled).   Unlike  normal  threading,  this
              option  adds  no  encoding  latency,  but  is slightly slower and less effective at
              compression.

       slice_max_size=<0 or positive integer>
              Maximum slice size in bytes (default: 0).  A value of zero disables the maximum.

       slice_max_mbs=<0 or positive integer>
              Maximum slice size in number of macroblocks (default: 0).  A value of zero disables
              the maximum.

       slices=<0 or positive integer>
              Maximum  number  of  slices  per  frame (default: 0).  A value of zero disables the
              maximum.

       sync_lookahead=<0-250>
              Adjusts the size of the threaded lookahead buffer (default: 0).  0 or 'auto'  tells
              x264 to automatically determine buffer size.

       (no)deterministic
              Use   only   deterministic  optimizations  with  multithreaded  encoding  (default:
              enabled).

       (no)global_header
              Causes SPS and PPS to appear only once, at the beginning of the bitstream (default:
              disabled).   Some  players,  such  as the Sony PSP, require the use of this option.
              The default behavior causes SPS and PPS to repeat prior to each IDR frame.

       (no)interlaced
              Treat the video content as interlaced.

       (no)constrained_intra
              Enable  constrained  intra  prediction  (default:  disabled).   This  significantly
              reduces compression, but is required for the base layer of SVC encodes.

       (no)aud
              Write  access  unit delimeters to the stream (default: disabled).  Enable this only
              if your target container format requires access unit delimiters.

       overscan=<undef|show|crop>
              Include  VUI  overscan  information  in  the  stream  (default:   disabled).    See
              doc/vui.txt in the x264 source code for more information.

       videoformat=<component|pal|ntsc|secam|mac|undef>
              Include  VUI video format information in the stream (default: disabled).  This is a
              purely informative setting for describing the original source.  See doc/vui.txt  in
              the x264 source code for more information.

       (no)fullrange
              Include  VUI  full  range  information in the stream (default: disabled).  Use this
              option if your source video is not range limited.   See  doc/vui.txt  in  the  x264
              source code for more information.

       colorprim=<bt709|bt470m|bt470bg|smpte170m|smpte240m|film|undef>
              Include  color  primaries  information  (default:  disabled).  This can be used for
              color correction.  See doc/vui.txt in the x264 source code for more information.

       transfer=<bt709|bt470m|bt470bg|linear|log100|log316|smpte170m|smpte240m>
              Include VUI transfer characteristics information in the stream (default: disabled).
              This can be used for color correction.  See doc/vui.txt in the x264 source code for
              more information.

       colormatrix=<bt709|fcc|bt470bg|smpte170m|smpte240m|GBR|YCgCo>
              Include VUI matrix coefficients in the stream (default:  disabled).   This  can  be
              used  for  color  correction.   See  doc/vui.txt  in  the x264 source code for more
              information.

       chromaloc=<0-5>
              Include VUI chroma sample location information in the stream  (default:  disabled).
              Use this option to ensure alignment of the chroma and luma planes after color space
              conversions.  See doc/vui.txt in the x264 source code for more information.

       log=<-1-3>
              Adjust the amount of logging info printed to the screen.
                 -1   none
                  0   Print errors only.
                  1   warnings
                  2   PSNR and other analysis statistics when the encode finishes (default)
                  3   PSNR, QP, frametype, size, and other statistics for every frame

       (no)psnr
              Print signal-to-noise ratio statistics.
              NOTE:  The  'Y',  'U',  'V',  and  'Avg'  PSNR  fields  in  the  summary  are   not
              mathematically  sound  (they  are simply the average of per-frame PSNRs).  They are
              kept only for comparison to the JM reference codec.  For all other purposes, please
              use either the 'Global' PSNR, or the per-frame PSNRs printed by log=3.

       (no)ssim
              Print  the  Structural  Similarity Metric results.  This is an alternative to PSNR,
              and may be better correlated with the perceived quality of the compressed video.

       (no)visualize
              Enable x264 visualizations during encoding.  If the x264 on  your  system  supports
              it,  a  new  window  will be opened during the encoding process, in which x264 will
              attempt to present an overview of how each frame gets encoded.  Each block type  on
              the visualized movie will be colored as follows:

       dump_yuv=<file name>
              Dump YUV frames to the specified file.  For debugging use.
                 red/pink
                      intra block
                 blue
                      inter block
                 green
                      skip block
                 yellow
                      B-block
              This  feature can be considered experimental and subject to change.  In particular,
              it depends on x264 being compiled with visualizations enabled.   Note  that  as  of
              writing  this,  x264  pauses after encoding and visualizing each frame, waiting for
              the user to press a key, at which point the next frame will be encoded.

   xvfw (-xvfwopts)
       Encoding with Video for Windows codecs is mostly obsolete unless you  wish  to  encode  to
       some obscure fringe codec.

       codec=<name>
              The name of the binary codec file with which to encode.

       compdata=<file>
              The name of the codec settings file (like firstpass.mcf) created by vfw2menc.

   MPEG muxer (-mpegopts)
       The  MPEG  muxer  can  generate  5  types of streams, each of which has reasonable default
       parameters that the user can override.  Generally,  when  generating  MPEG  files,  it  is
       advisable  to  disable MEncoder's frame-skip code (see -noskip, -mc as well as the harddup
       and softskip video filters).

       EXAMPLE:
                 format=mpeg2:tsaf:vbitrate=8000

       format=<mpeg1 | mpeg2 | xvcd | xsvcd | dvd | pes1 | pes2>
              stream format (default: mpeg2).  pes1 and pes2 are very  broken  formats  (no  pack
              header  and  no  padding),  but  VDR  uses them; do not choose them unless you know
              exactly what you are doing.

       size=<up to 65535>
              Pack size in bytes, do not change unless  you  know  exactly  what  you  are  doing
              (default: 2048).

       muxrate=<int>
              Nominal  muxrate  in kbit/s used in the pack headers (default: 1800 kb/s).  Will be
              updated as necessary in the case of 'format=mpeg1' or 'mpeg2'.

       tsaf
              Sets timestamps on all  frames,  if  possible;  recommended  when  format=dvd.   If
              dvdauthor  complains  with  a  message  like  "..audio sector out of range...", you
              probably did not enable this option.

       interleaving2
              Uses a better algorithm to  interleave  audio  and  video  packets,  based  on  the
              principle  that  the  muxer  will  always  try  to fill the stream with the largest
              percentage of free space.

       vdelay=<1-32760>
              Initial video delay time, in milliseconds (default: 0), use it if you want to delay
              video with respect to audio.  It doesn't work with :drop.

       adelay=<1-32760>
              Initial audio delay time, in milliseconds (default: 0), use it if you want to delay
              audio with respect to video.

       drop
              When used with vdelay the muxer drops the part of audio that was anticipated.

       vwidth, vheight=<1-4095>
              Set the video width and height when video is MPEG-1/2.

       vpswidth, vpsheight=<1-4095>
              Set pan and scan video width and height when video is MPEG-2.

       vaspect=<1 | 4/3 | 16/9 | 221/100>
              Sets the display aspect ratio for MPEG-2 video.  Do not use it  on  MPEG-1  or  the
              resulting aspect ratio will be completely wrong.

       vbitrate=<int>
              Sets the video bitrate in kbit/s for MPEG-1/2 video.

       vframerate=<24000/1001 | 24 | 25 | 30000/1001 | 30 | 50 | 60000/1001 | 60 >
              Sets  the  framerate  for MPEG-1/2 video.  This option will be ignored if used with
              the telecine option.

       telecine
              Enables 3:2 pulldown soft telecine mode: The muxer will make the video stream  look
              like  it  was  encoded at 30000/1001 fps.  It only works with MPEG-2 video when the
              output framerate is 24000/1001 fps, convert it with -ofps if necessary.  Any  other
              framerate is incompatible with this option.

       film2pal
              Enables  FILM  to  PAL  and NTSC to PAL soft telecine mode: The muxer will make the
              video stream look like it was encoded at 25 fps.  It only works with  MPEG-2  video
              when  the  output  framerate is 24000/1001 fps, convert it with -ofps if necessary.
              Any other framerate is incompatible with this option.

       tele_src and tele_dest
              Enables arbitrary telecining using Donand Graft's DGPulldown  code.   You  need  to
              specify  the  original  and  the  desired  framerate; the muxer will make the video
              stream look like it was encoded at the  desired  framerate.   It  only  works  with
              MPEG-2  video when the input framerate is smaller than the output framerate and the
              framerate increase is <= 1.5.

              EXAMPLE:
                 tele_src=25,tele_dest=30000/1001
                      PAL to NTSC telecining

       vbuf_size=<40-1194>
              Sets the size of the video decoder's buffer, expressed in  kilobytes.   Specify  it
              only  if  the  bitrate of the video stream is too high for the chosen format and if
              you know perfectly well what you are doing.  A  too  high  value  may  lead  to  an
              unplayable movie, depending on the player's capabilities.  When muxing HDTV video a
              value of 400 should suffice.

       abuf_size=<4-64>
              Sets the size of the audio decoder's buffer,  expressed  in  kilobytes.   The  same
              principle as for vbuf_size applies.

   FFmpeg libavformat demuxers (-lavfdopts)
       analyzeduration=<value>
              Maximum length in seconds to analyze the stream properties.

       format=<value>
              Force a specific libavformat demuxer.

       o=<key>=<value>[,<key>=<value>[,...]]
              Pass  AVOptions  to libavformat demuxer.  Note, a patch to make the o= unneeded and
              pass all unknown options through the AVOption system is welcome.  A  full  list  of
              AVOptions  can  be found in the FFmpeg manual.  Note that some options may conflict
              with MPlayer/MEncoder options.

              EXAMPLE:
                 o=ignidx

       probesize=<value>
              Maximum amount of data to probe during the detection phase.  In the case of MPEG-TS
              this value identifies the maximum number of TS packets to scan.

       cryptokey=<hexstring>
              Encryption  key  the  demuxer  should  use.  This is the raw binary data of the key
              converted to a hexadecimal string.

   FFmpeg libavformat muxers (-lavfopts) (also see -of lavf)
       delay=<value>
              Currently only meaningful for  MPEG[12]:  Maximum  allowed  distance,  in  seconds,
              between  the  reference timer of the output stream (SCR) and the decoding timestamp
              (DTS) for any stream present (demux to decode delay).  Default is 0.7 (as  mandated
              by  the  standards defined by MPEG).  Higher values require larger buffers and must
              not be used.

       format=<container_format>
              Override which container format to mux into (default: autodetect from  output  file
              extension).
                 mpg
                      MPEG-1 systems and MPEG-2 PS
                 asf
                      Advanced Streaming Format
                 avi
                      Audio Video Interleave file
                 wav
                      Waveform Audio
                 swf
                      Macromedia Flash
                 flv
                      Macromedia Flash video files
                 rm
                      RealAudio and RealVideo
                 au
                      SUN AU format
                 nut
                      NUT open container format (experimental)
                 mov
                      QuickTime
                 mp4
                      MPEG-4 format
                 ipod
                      MPEG-4 format with extra header flags required by Apple iPod firmware
                 dv
                      Sony Digital Video container
                 matroska
                      Matroska

       muxrate=<rate>
              Nominal  bitrate  of  the multiplex, in bits per second; currently it is meaningful
              only for MPEG[12].  Sometimes raising it is necessary in  order  to  avoid  "buffer
              underflows".

       o=<key>=<value>[,<key>=<value>[,...]]
              Pass  AVOptions  to  libavformat  muxer.  Note, a patch to make the o= unneeded and
              pass all unknown options through the AVOption system is welcome.  A  full  list  of
              AVOptions  can  be found in the FFmpeg manual.  Note that some options may conflict
              with MEncoder options.

              EXAMPLE:
                 o=packetsize=100

       packetsize=<size>
              Size, expressed in bytes, of the unitary packet for the chosen format.  When muxing
              to  MPEG[12]  implementations the default values are: 2324 for [S]VCD, 2048 for all
              others formats.

       preload=<distance>
              Currently only meaningful for MPEG[12]: Initial distance, in seconds,  between  the
              reference timer of the output stream (SCR) and the decoding timestamp (DTS) for any
              stream present (demux to decode delay).

ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES

       There are a number of environment variables that can be used to control  the  behavior  of
       MPlayer and MEncoder.

       MPLAYER_CHARSET (also see -msgcharset)
              Convert  console  messages to the specified charset (default: autodetect).  A value
              of "noconv" means no conversion.

       MPLAYER_HOME
              Directory where MPlayer looks for user settings.

       MPLAYER_VERBOSE (also see -v and -msglevel)
              Set the initial verbosity level across  all  message  modules  (default:  0).   The
              resulting  verbosity  corresponds  to  that  of  -msglevel  5  plus  the  value  of
              MPLAYER_VERBOSE.

   libaf:
       LADSPA_PATH
              If LADSPA_PATH is set, it searches for the specified file.  If it is not  set,  you
              must  supply  a  fully  specified  pathname.   FIXME: This is also mentioned in the
              ladspa section.

   libdvdcss:
       DVDCSS_CACHE
              Specify a directory in which to  store  title  key  values.   This  will  speed  up
              descrambling of DVDs which are in the cache.  The DVDCSS_CACHE directory is created
              if it does not exist, and a subdirectory is created named after the DVD's title  or
              manufacturing date.  If DVDCSS_CACHE is not set or is empty, libdvdcss will use the
              default  value  which  is  "${HOME}/.dvdcss/"  under  Unix  and  "C:\Documents  and
              Settings\$USER\Application  Data\dvdcss\"  under  Win32.   The  special value "off"
              disables caching.

       DVDCSS_METHOD
              Sets the authentication and decryption method  that  libdvdcss  will  use  to  read
              scrambled discs.  Can be one of title, key or disc.
                 key
                      is  the default method.  libdvdcss will use a set of calculated player keys
                      to try and get the disc key.  This can fail if the drive does not recognize
                      any of the player keys.
                 disc
                      is  a  fallback  method when key has failed.  Instead of using player keys,
                      libdvdcss will crack the disc key using  a  brute  force  algorithm.   This
                      process  is  CPU  intensive and requires 64 MB of memory to store temporary
                      data.
                 title
                      is the fallback when all other methods have failed.  It does not rely on  a
                      key  exchange  with the DVD drive, but rather uses a crypto attack to guess
                      the title key.  On rare cases this may fail because  there  is  not  enough
                      encrypted  data  on  the  disc  to perform a statistical attack, but in the
                      other hand it is the only way to decrypt a DVD stored on a hard disc, or  a
                      DVD with the wrong region on an RPC2 drive.

       DVDCSS_RAW_DEVICE
              Specify  the  raw device to use.  Exact usage will depend on your operating system,
              the Linux utility to set up raw devices is raw(8) for instance.  Please  note  that
              on  most  operating  systems,  using  a raw device requires highly aligned buffers:
              Linux requires a 2048 bytes alignment (which is the size of a DVD sector).

       DVDCSS_VERBOSE
              Sets the libdvdcss verbosity level.
                 0    Outputs no messages at all.
                 1    Outputs error messages to stderr.
                 2    Outputs error messages and debug messages to stderr.

       DVDREAD_NOKEYS
              Skip retrieving all keys on startup.  Currently disabled.

       HOME   FIXME: Document this.

   libao2:
       AO_SUN_DISABLE_SAMPLE_TIMING
              FIXME: Document this.

       AUDIODEV
              FIXME: Document this.

       AUDIOSERVER
              Specifies the Network Audio System server to which  the  nas  audio  output  driver
              should  connect  and  the  transport that should be used.  If unset DISPLAY is used
              instead.   The   transport   can   be   one   of   tcp   and   unix.    Syntax   is
              tcp/<somehost>:<someport>,  <somehost>:<instancenumber> or [unix]:<instancenumber>.
              The NAS base port is 8000 and <instancenumber> is added to that.

              EXAMPLES:
                 AUDIOSERVER=somehost:0
                      Connect to NAS server on somehost using default port and transport.
                 AUDIOSERVER=tcp/somehost:8000
                      Connect to NAS server on somehost listening on TCP port 8000.
                 AUDIOSERVER=(unix)?:0
                      Connect to NAS server instance 0 on localhost using unix domain sockets.

       DISPLAY
              FIXME: Document this.

   vidix:
       VIDIX_CRT
              FIXME: Document this.

       VIDIXIVTVALPHA
              Set this  to  'disable'  in  order  to  stop  the  VIDIX  driver  from  controlling
              alphablending settings.  You can then manipulate it yourself with 'ivtvfbctl'.

   osdep:
       TERM   FIXME: Document this.

   libvo:
       DISPLAY
              FIXME: Document this.

       FRAMEBUFFER
              FIXME: Document this.

       HOME   FIXME: Document this.

   libmpdemux:
       HOME   FIXME: Document this.

       HOMEPATH
              FIXME: Document this.

       http_proxy
              FIXME: Document this.

       LOGNAME
              FIXME: Document this.

       USERPROFILE
              FIXME: Document this.

   GUI:
       DISPLAY
              The name of the display to which the GUI should connect.

       HOME   The home directory of the current user.

   libavformat:
       AUDIO_FLIP_LEFT
              FIXME: Document this.

       BKTR_DEV
              FIXME: Document this.

       BKTR_FORMAT
              FIXME: Document this.

       BKTR_FREQUENCY
              FIXME: Document this.

       http_proxy
              FIXME: Document this.

       no_proxy
              FIXME: Document this.

FILES

       /usr/local/etc/mplayer/mplayer.conf
              MPlayer system-wide settings

       /usr/local/etc/mplayer/mencoder.conf
              MEncoder system-wide settings

       ~/.mplayer/config
              MPlayer user settings

       ~/.mplayer/mencoder.conf
              MEncoder user settings

       ~/.mplayer/input.conf
              input bindings (see '-input keylist' for the full list)

       ~/.mplayer/gui.conf
              GUI configuration file

       ~/.mplayer/gui.history
              GUI directory history

       ~/.mplayer/gui.pl
              GUI playlist

       ~/.mplayer/gui.url
              GUI URL list

       ~/.mplayer/font/
              font directory (There must be a font.desc file and files with .RAW extension.)

       ~/.mplayer/DVDkeys/
              cached CSS keys

EXAMPLES OF MPLAYER USAGE

       Quickstart Blu-ray playing:
       mplayer br:////path/to/disc
       mplayer br:// -bluray-device /path/to/disc

       Quickstart DVD playing:
       mplayer dvd://1

       Play in Japanese with English subtitles:
       mplayer dvd://1 -alang ja -slang en

       Play only chapters 5, 6, 7:
       mplayer dvd://1 -chapter 5-7

       Play only titles 5, 6, 7:
       mplayer dvd://5-7

       Play a multiangle DVD:
       mplayer dvd://1 -dvdangle 2

       Play from a different DVD device:
       mplayer dvd://1 -dvd-device /dev/dvd2

       Play DVD video from a directory with VOB files:
       mplayer dvd://1 -dvd-device /path/to/directory/

       Copy a DVD title to hard disk, saving to file title1.vob :
       mplayer dvd://1 -dumpstream -dumpfile title1.vob

       Play a DVD with dvdnav from path /dev/sr1:
       mplayer dvdnav:////dev/sr1

       Stream from HTTP:
       mplayer http://mplayer.hq/example.avi

       Stream using RTSP:
       mplayer rtsp://server.example.com/streamName

       Convert subtitles to MPsub format:
       mplayer dummy.avi -sub source.sub -dumpmpsub

       Convert subtitles to MPsub format without watching the movie:
       mplayer /dev/zero -rawvideo pal:fps=xx -demuxer rawvideo -vc null -vo null -noframedrop -benchmark -sub source.sub -dumpmpsub

       input from standard V4L:
       mplayer tv:// -tv driver=v4l:width=640:height=480:outfmt=i420 -vc rawi420 -vo xv

       Playback on Zoran cards (old style, deprecated):
       mplayer -vo zr -vf scale=352:288 file.avi

       Playback on Zoran cards (new style):
       mplayer -vo zr2 -vf scale=352:288,zrmjpeg file.avi

       Play DTS-CD with passthrough:
       mplayer -ac hwdts -rawaudio format=0x2001 -cdrom-device /dev/cdrom cdda://
       You can also use -afm hwac3 instead of -ac hwdts.  Adjust '/dev/cdrom' to match the CD-ROM
       device on your system.  If your external receiver supports decoding raw DTS  streams,  you
       can directly play it via cdda:// without setting format, hwac3 or hwdts.

       Play a 6-channel AAC file with only two speakers:
       mplayer -rawaudio format=0xff -demuxer rawaudio -af pan=2:.32:.32:.39:.06:.06:.39:.17:-.17:-.17:.17:.33:.33 adts_he-aac160_51.aac
       You  might  want to play a bit with the pan values (e.g multiply with a value) to increase
       volume or avoid clipping.

       checkerboard invert with geq filter:
       mplayer -vf geq='128+(p(X\,Y)-128)*(0.5-gt(mod(X/SW\,128)\,64))*(0.5-gt(mod(Y/SH\,128)\,64))*4'

EXAMPLES OF MENCODER USAGE

       Encode DVD title #2, only selected chapters:
       mencoder dvd://2 -chapter 10-15 -o title2.avi -oac copy -ovc lavc -lavcopts vcodec=mpeg4

       Encode DVD title #2, resizing to 640x480:
       mencoder dvd://2 -vf scale=640:480 -o title2.avi -oac copy -ovc lavc -lavcopts vcodec=mpeg4

       Encode DVD title #2, resizing to 512xHHH (keep aspect ratio):
       mencoder dvd://2 -vf scale -zoom -xy 512 -o title2.avi -oac copy -ovc lavc -lavcopts vcodec=mpeg4

       The same, but with bitrate set to 1800kbit and optimized macroblocks:
       mencoder dvd://2 -o title2.avi -oac copy -ovc lavc -lavcopts vcodec=mpeg4:mbd=1:vbitrate=1800

       The same, but with MJPEG compression:
       mencoder dvd://2 -o title2.avi -oac copy -ovc lavc -lavcopts vcodec=mjpeg:mbd=1:vbitrate=1800

       Encode all *.jpg files in the current directory:
       mencoder "mf://*.jpg" -mf fps=25 -o output.avi -ovc lavc -lavcopts vcodec=mpeg4

       Encode from a tuner (specify a format with -vf format):
       mencoder -tv driver=v4l:width=640:height=480 tv:// -o tv.avi -ovc raw

       Encode from a pipe:
       rar p test-SVCD.rar | mencoder -ovc lavc -lavcopts vcodec=mpeg4:vbitrate=800 -ofps 24 -

BUGS

       Don't panic.  If you find one, report it to us, but please make sure you have read all  of
       the  documentation  first.   Also  look  out  for  smileys. :) Many bugs are the result of
       incorrect setup or parameter usage.   The  bug  reporting  section  of  the  documentation
       (http://www.mplayerhq.hu/DOCS/HTML/en/bugreports.html)  explains  how to create useful bug
       reports.

AUTHORS

       MPlayer was initially written by Arpad Gereoffy.  See the AUTHORS file for a list of  some
       of the many other contributors.

       MPlayer is (C) 2000-2009 The MPlayer Team

       This  man  page  was  written  mainly by Gabucino, Jonas Jermann and Diego Biurrun.  It is
       maintained by Diego Biurrun.  Please send mails about it to the MPlayer-DOCS mailing list.
       Translation specific mails belong on the MPlayer-translations mailing list.